<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 13, 1996
REGISTRATION NO. 333-4340
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------------
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
GEORGIA 4833 58-0285030
(State or other (Primary Standard (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of Industrial Identification Number)
incorporation or Classification Code
organization) Number)
</TABLE>
126 NORTH WASHINGTON STREET
ALBANY, GEORGIA 31701
(912) 888-9390
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrant's principal executive offices)
WILLIAM A. FIELDER, III
126 NORTH WASHINGTON STREET
ALBANY, GEORGIA 31701
(912) 434-8732
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
------------------------------
COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Henry O. Smith III, Esq. John J. Kelley III, Esq.
Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP King & Spalding
1585 Broadway 191 Peachtree Street
New York, New York 10036 Atlanta, Georgia 30303
(212) 969-3000 (404) 572-4600
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
------------------------
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
- --------------
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. / /
- --------------
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
(PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION CAPTION OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
----------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
Front Cover Page of Prospectus....................... Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus and Outside
Front Cover Page
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
Prospectus........................................... Inside Front Cover Page; Available Information
3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
Earnings to Fixed Charges............................ Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Not Applicable
4. Use of Proceeds...................................... Prospectus Summary; The Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE
Sale and the Financing
5. Determination of Offering Price...................... Outside Front Cover Page; Risk Factors; Underwriting
6. Dilution............................................. Not Applicable
7. Selling Security Holders............................. Not Applicable
8. Plan of Distribution................................. Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
9. Description of Securities to be Registered........... Outside Front Cover Page; Description of Capital
Stock
10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel............... Not Applicable
11. Information with Respect to the Registrant........... Prospectus Summary; The Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE
Sale and the Financing; Capitalization; Pro Forma
Financial Data; Selected Historical Financial Data;
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations; Business;
Management; Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management; Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions; Description of Certain
Indebtedness; Description of Capital Stock
12. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
for Securities Act Liabilities....................... Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MAY 13, 1996
3,500,000 SHARES
GRAY
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
CLASS B COMMON STOCK
------------------------
All the 3,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, no par value (the "Class B
Common Stock"), offered hereby (this "Offering") are being sold by Gray
Communications Systems, Inc. (the "Company"). Prior to this Offering, there has
been no public market for the Class B Common Stock. The Company's Class A Common
Stock, no par value (the "Class A Common Stock" and, together with the Class B
Common Stock, the "Common Stock"), is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the
"NYSE") under the symbol "GCS." The initial public offering price of the Class B
Common Stock will be based on the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on
the date of the offering and will be determined through negotiations between the
Company and the underwriters (the "Underwriters"). See "Underwriting." On April
30, 1996, the last reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock on the NYSE
was $20.75 per share. The Company intends to apply to list the Class B Common
Stock on the NYSE. Concurrently herewith, the Company is offering (the
"Concurrent Offering") $150,000,000 principal amount of its % Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes"). The Concurrent Offering is being made
by separate prospectus. The closing of this Offering is not conditioned upon the
closing of the Concurrent Offering.
The Company has two classes of common stock: Class A Common Stock and Class
B Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock is identical to the Company's Class B
Common Stock except with respect to voting power, with the Class A Common Stock
having 10 votes per share, and the Class B Common Stock having one vote per
share. See "Risk Factors -- Limited Voting Rights of Class B Common
Shareholders; Control by Principal Shareholder" and "Description of Capital
Stock."
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT SHOULD
BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
---------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PUBLIC DISCOUNT (1) COMPANY (2)(3)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Share $ $ $
Total $ $ $
</TABLE>
(1) See "Underwriting" for a description of the indemnification arrangements
with the Underwriters.
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company, estimated
to be approximately $ .
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to
525,000 additional shares of Class B Common Stock solely to cover
over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total
Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be
$ , $ , and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."
------------------------------
The Class B Common Stock is offered severally by the Underwriters named
herein, subject to prior sale, when, as, and if received and accepted by them,
subject to their right to reject orders, in whole or in part, and to certain
other conditions. It is expected that delivery of the certificates representing
the Class B Common Stock will be made on or about , 1996.
------------------------
THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, INC.
ALLEN & COMPANY
INCORPORATED
J.C. BRADFORD & CO.
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
, 1996
<PAGE>
[LOGOS AND MAP TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT]
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS B COMMON
STOCK AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.
SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NYSE OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF
COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
2
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE
READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. AS USED HEREIN, UNLESS THE CONTEXT
OTHERWISE REQUIRES, THE "COMPANY" MEANS GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC. AND
ITS SUBSIDIARIES. THE COMPANY HAS NOT YET CONSUMMATED THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION OR
THE KTVE SALE (AS DEFINED). HOWEVER, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND UNLESS THE CONTEXT INDICATES OTHERWISE, THE PHIPPS BUSINESS (AS
DEFINED) IS INCLUDED IN, AND KTVE (AS DEFINED) IS EXCLUDED FROM, THE DESCRIPTION
OF THE COMPANY. SEE "THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION, THE KTVE SALE AND THE FINANCING."
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES THAT THE
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION GRANTED BY THE COMPANY IS NOT EXERCISED. ALL
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS HAS BEEN ADJUSTED TO GIVE EFFECT TO A 3-FOR-2
SPLIT OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, EFFECTED IN THE FORM OF A STOCK DIVIDEND
DECLARED ON OCTOBER 2, 1995. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL STATION RANK,
IN-MARKET SHARE AND TELEVISION HOUSEHOLD DATA IN THIS PROSPECTUS ARE DERIVED
FROM THE NIELSEN STATION INDEX, VIEWERS IN PROFILE, DATED NOVEMBER 1995, AS
PREPARED BY A.C. NIELSEN COMPANY ("NIELSEN").
THE COMPANY
The Company owns and operates seven network-affiliated television stations
in medium-size markets in the southeastern United States, six of which are
ranked number one in their respective markets. Five of the stations are
affiliated with the CBS Television Network, a division of CBS, Inc. ("CBS") and
two are affiliated with the NBC Television Network, a division of the National
Broadcasting Company, Incorporated ("NBC"). The Company also owns and operates
three daily newspapers, two weekly, advertising only publications ("shoppers"),
and a paging business, all located in the Southeast. The Company derives
significant operating advantages and cost saving synergies through the size of
its television station group and the regional focus of its television and
publishing operations. These advantages and synergies include (i) sharing
television production facilities, equipment and regionally oriented programming,
(ii) the ability to purchase television programming for the group as a whole,
(iii) negotiating network affiliation agreements on a group basis and (iv)
purchasing newsprint and other supplies in bulk. In addition, the Company
believes that its regional focus can provide advertisers with an efficient
network through which to advertise in the fast-growing Southeast.
In 1993, after the acquisition of a large block of Class A Common Stock by a
new investor, the Company implemented a strategy to foster growth through
strategic acquisitions. Since 1994, the Company's significant acquisitions have
included three television stations and two newspapers, all located in the
Southeast. As a result of the Company's acquisitions and in support of its
growth strategy, the Company has added certain key members of management and has
greatly expanded its operations in the television broadcasting and newspaper
publishing businesses.
In January 1996, the Company acquired (the "Augusta Acquisition") WRDW-TV
("WRDW"), a CBS affiliate serving Augusta, Georgia (the "Augusta Business"). In
December 1995, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire
(the "Phipps Acquisition") two CBS-affiliated stations, WCTV-TV ("WCTV") serving
Tallahassee, Florida/Thomasville, Georgia and WKXT-TV ("WKXT") in Knoxville,
Tennessee, a satellite broadcasting business and a paging business
(collectively, the "Phipps Business"). The Company believes that the Phipps
Acquisition will further enhance the Company's position as a major regional
television broadcaster and is highly attractive for a number of reasons,
including (i) the stations' strategic fit in the Southeast, (ii) WCTV's leading
station market position and WKXT's significant growth potential, (iii) strong
station broadcast cash flows, (iv) opportunities for revenue growth utilizing
the Company's extensive management expertise with medium-size stations and (v)
opportunities for synergies between WCTV and WKXT and the Company's existing
stations with regard to revenue enhancement and cost controls. The consummation
of the Phipps Acquisition is currently expected to occur by September 1996.
3
<PAGE>
In March 1996, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent to
sell (the "KTVE Sale") KTVE-TV ("KTVE") serving Monroe, Louisiana/El Dorado,
Arkansas for approximately $9.5 million in cash plus the amount of the accounts
receivable on the date of the closing, which is expected to occur by September
1996.
For the year ended December 31, 1995, on a pro forma basis, the Company had
net revenues, Media Cash Flow (the sum of broadcast cash flow, publishing cash
flow and paging cash flow) and operating cash flow of $90.6 million, $30.3
million and $28.1 million, respectively, of which 70.5%, 87.9% and 94.9% were
broadcast related. Furthermore, net revenues, Media Cash Flow and operating cash
flow on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased 148.2%,
188.4% and 227.8%, respectively, from the historical amounts for the year ended
December 31, 1994.
The following table sets forth certain information for each of the Company's
television stations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
IN-MARKET ----------------------------
SHARE PRO FORMA
OF NET REVENUES PERCENTAGE OF
NETWORK YEAR DMA CHANNEL/ STATION RANK HOUSEHOLDS (IN COMPANY
STATION AFFILIATION MARKET ACQUIRED RANK(1) FREQUENCY IN DMA(2) VIEWING TV THOUSANDS) NET REVENUES(3)
- ------------------ ----------- ---------------- -------- ------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WKYT CBS Lexington, KY 1994 68 27/UHF(4) 1 33% $15,553 17.2%
WYMT CBS Hazard, KY 1994 68 57/UHF(4) 1(5) 24 3,721 4.1
WRDW CBS Augusta, GA 1996 111 12/VHF 1 36 8,888 9.8
WALB(6) NBC Albany, GA 1954 152 10/VHF 1 80 9,445 10.4
WJHG(6) NBC Panama City, FL 1960 159 7/VHF 1 53 3,843 4.3
PHIPPS ACQUISITION
WKXT CBS Knoxville, TN 62 8/VHF 3 22 9,269 10.2
WCTV CBS Tallahassee, FL/ 116 6/VHF 1 60 11,862 13.1
Thomasville, GA
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Ranking of designated market area as defined by Nielsen ("DMA") served by a
station among all DMAs is measured by the number of television households
within the DMA based on the November 1995 Nielsen estimates.
(2) Represents station rank in DMA as determined by November 1995 Nielsen
estimates of the number of television sets tuned to the Company's station
as a percentage of the number of television stations in use in the market
for the Sunday through Saturday 6 a.m. to 2 a.m. time period.
(3) Pro forma percentage of Company net revenues after giving effect to the
Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Phipps Acquisition.
(4) All stations in the market are UHF stations.
(5) The market area served by WYMT is an 18-county trading area, as defined by
Nielsen, and is included in the Lexington, Kentucky DMA. WYMT's station
rank is based upon its position in the 18-county trading area.
(6) The Company will be required to divest WALB and WJHG in connection with the
Phipps Acquisition under current Federal Communications Commission ("FCC")
regulations. For a discussion of the Company's plans, see "Risk Factors-FCC
Divestiture Requirement" and "The Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the
Financing."
The Company's three newspapers, THE ALBANY HERALD, THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN and
the GWINNETT DAILY POST and two shoppers, had net revenues of $21.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and represented 24.1% of the Company's pro
forma net revenues for such year. The satellite broadcasting business and paging
business, which are a part of the Phipps Business, represented 1.4% and 5.4%,
respectively, of the Company's pro forma net revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1995.
The Company's business strategy includes the following key elements:
- STRONG LOCAL PRESENCE. Each of the Company's television stations seeks
to achieve a distinct identity through its emphasis on local programming. A
key objective is to build audience loyalty through the development of a
strong local news franchise. Strong local news generates high viewership and
results in higher ratings both for programs preceding and following the
news, which increases revenues and Media Cash Flow.
- REGIONAL FOCUS. The Company believes its regional focus has competitive
advantages, including the ability to purchase and produce programming that
can be used by multiple Company-owned stations as well as the opportunity to
sell advertising on multiple stations as a single buy. In addition, the
proximity of the Company's operations allows the sharing of equipment,
management and marketing expertise.
4
<PAGE>
- TARGETED MARKETING. The Company seeks to increase its advertising
revenues and Media Cash Flow by expanding existing relationships with local
and national advertisers and by attracting new advertisers through targeted
marketing techniques and carefully tailored programming. The Company works
closely with advertisers to develop advertising campaigns that match
specifically targeted audience segments including sponsoring and staging
various special events such as fishing tournaments, boat shows and bridal
expositions.
- COST CONTROLS. Through its strategic planning and annual budgeting
processes, the Company continually seeks to identify and implement cost
savings opportunities at each of its stations and publications in order to
increase Media Cash Flow. The Company's ownership of multiple stations and
publications also benefits each operation in negotiating favorable terms
with programming syndicators, newsprint suppliers, national sales
representatives and other vendors.
- SELECTIVE ACQUISITIONS. The Company has focused on acquiring television
stations where the Company believes there is the potential for improvements
in revenue share, audience share and cost control. The Company focuses on
southeastern markets of medium size because the Company believes these
markets offer superior opportunities in terms of projected population and
economic growth, leading to higher advertising and circulation revenues. In
assessing acquisitions, the Company targets stations and publications where
it sees specific opportunities for revenue enhancement while controlling
expenditures, utilizing management's significant experience with local and
national advertising sales and in operating similar businesses. In
appropriate circumstances, the Company will dispose of assets that it deems
non-essential to its operating or growth strategy.
THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION, THE KTVE SALE AND THE FINANCING
The Company has entered into an agreement to acquire WCTV and WKXT, a
satellite broadcasting business and a paging business in the Southeast. The
purchase price for the Phipps Acquisition is approximately $185 million,
including fees, expenses and working capital and other adjustments. The
consummation of the Phipps Acquisition is expected to occur by September 1996.
The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent to sell KTVE for
approximately $9.5 million in cash plus the amount of the accounts receivable on
the date of the closing (estimated to be approximately $750,000), to the extent
collected by the buyer, to be paid to the Company within 150 days following the
date of closing. The closing of the KTVE Sale is expected to occur by September
1996. For the year ended December 31, 1995, KTVE had net revenues and Media Cash
Flow of $4.2 million and $916,000, respectively. See "Risk Factors-Possible
Non-Consummation of the KTVE Sale."
In addition to the consummation of the Phipps Acquisition and the KTVE Sale,
the Company intends to implement a financing plan (the "Financing") to increase
liquidity and improve operating and financial flexibility. Pursuant to the
Financing, the Company will (i) repay approximately $38.8 million aggregate
principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under its senior secured bank
credit facility (the "Senior Credit Facility"), together with accrued interest
thereon and revise the terms thereof, (ii) issue $10 million liquidation
preference of its Series A preferred stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") in
exchange for its outstanding $10 million aggregate principal amount 8%
subordinated note (the "8% Note") issued to Bull Run Corporation ("Bull Run"), a
principal shareholder of the Company, (iii) issue to an affiliate $10 million
liquidation preference of its Series B preferred stock (the "Series B Preferred
Stock" and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock")
with warrants to purchase up to 500,000 shares representing approximately 11.3%
of the outstanding Class A Common Stock for cash proceeds of $10 million and
(iv) revise the terms of its $25.0 million principal amount senior note due 2003
(the "Senior Note"). The cash required for the consummation of the Phipps
Acquisition, the repayment of indebtedness and related transaction costs will be
provided by the net proceeds of this Offering, the Concurrent Offering, the sale
of the Series B Preferred Stock and the warrants and the KTVE Sale. For a
description of the Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Note and the Preferred
Stock, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness" and "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions-Issuances of Preferred Stock." The consummation of this
Offering is not conditioned upon the concurrent consummation of the Financing,
the KTVE Sale, the Phipps Acquisition or the Concurrent Offering. If the Phipps
Acquisition is not consummated prior to
5
<PAGE>
, 1996, the Company is required to redeem the Notes at a redemption
price (the "Special Redemption Price") equal to 101% of the principal amount of
the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for such
redemption. See "Description of the Notes."
The following table sets forth the estimated sources and uses of funds
relating to the Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Financing (dollars in
millions):
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
----------
<S> <C>
The Class B Common Stock offered hereby......................... $ 66.5
The Concurrent Offering......................................... 150.0
Sale of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants................... 10.0
The KTVE Sale................................................... 9.5
----------
Total......................................................... $ 236.0
----------
----------
</TABLE>
USES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
----------
<S> <C>
Consummation of Phipps Acquisition.............................. $ 185.0
Repay indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility (1)......... 38.8
Fees and expenses (2)........................................... 12.2
----------
Total......................................................... $ 236.0
----------
----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest at formula rates
based upon the applicable London inter-bank offered rate ("LIBOR") or prime
rate at the time of borrowing plus a fixed spread and have a final maturity
of 2003.
(2) Fees and expenses include underwriting costs for this Offering and the
Concurrent Offering, fees payable in connection with the amendment of the
Senior Credit Facility and legal, accounting and other transaction fees.
Does not include estimated taxes of $2.8 million with respect to the KTVE
Sale.
If the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated, the Company will redeem the
Notes. The following table sets forth the estimated sources and uses of funds to
consummate the KTVE Sale and the Financing and to redeem the Notes if the Phipps
Acquisition is not consummated (dollars in millions):
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
------------
<S> <C>
Class B Common Stock offered hereby............................................ $ 66.5
The Concurrent Offering........................................................ 150.0
Sale of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants.................................. 10.0
The KTVE Sale.................................................................. 9.5
------------
Total........................................................................ $ 236.0
------------
------------
</TABLE>
USES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
------------
<S> <C>
Redemption of the Notes........................................................ $ 151.5(1)
Repay Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility (2)........................ 52.1
Fees and Expenses (3).......................................................... 12.2
Working Capital (4)............................................................ 20.2
------------
Total........................................................................ $ 236.0
------------
------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Amount shown excludes interest accrued on the Notes from the date of
issuance to the date of redemption.
(2) Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest at formula rates
based upon the applicable LIBOR or prime rate at the time of borrowing plus
a fixed spread and have a final maturity of 2003.
(3) Fees and expenses include underwriting costs for this Offering and the
Concurrent Offering, fees payable in connection with the amendment of the
Senior Credit Facility and legal, accounting and other transaction fees.
Does not include estimated taxes of $2.8 million with respect to the KTVE
Sale.
(4) If the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated due to a default by the
Company, the Company will be required to pay $10.0 million as liquidated
damages.
6
<PAGE>
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Class B Common Stock offered hereby......... 3,500,000 Shares
Common Stock to be Outstanding after this
Offering (1)
Class A Common Stock.................... 4,462,832 Shares
Class B Common Stock.................... 3,500,000 Shares
Total................................. 7,962,832 Shares
Use of Proceeds by the Company.............. The Company intends to use the proceeds of
this Offering, together with the proceeds of
the Concurrent Offering and the proceeds of
the Financing and the KTVE Sale for (i) the
consummation of the Phipps Acquisition, (ii)
the repayment of indebtedness under the
Company's Senior Credit Facility, (iii) the
payment of related fees and expenses and (iv)
working capital and general corporate
purposes. See "The Phipps Acquisition, the
KTVE Sale and the Financing."
New York Stock Exchange Symbols:
Class A Common Stock.................... GCS
Class B Common Stock (Proposed).........
Concurrent Offering......................... Concurrently with this Offering, the Company
is offering $150,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of its Notes by separate prospectus.
The consummation of this Offering is not
conditioned upon the concurrent consummation
of the Financing, the KTVE Sale or the Phipps
Acquisition or the Concurrent Offering.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes (i) approximately 88,059 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of stock options outstanding under the Company's stock option
plans as of March 31, 1996 and (ii) 987,500 shares of Class A Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants of the Company. See
"Management" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
RISK FACTORS
See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain information that should be
considered by prospective investors.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
The Company recently reported that its revenues for the quarter ended March
31, 1996 increased to $17.0 million, or 29%, from $13.2 million for the year
earlier quarter. The Company's operating income for the quarter ended March 31,
1996 increased to $2.7 million, or 34%, from $2.0 million for the year earlier
quarter. The Company's net income for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 decreased
to $355,000, or $0.08 per share, from $404,000, or $0.09 per share, for the year
earlier quarter. The increase in revenues was attributable to (i) the inclusion
in 1996 of the operations of WRDW, which was acquired by the Company in January
1996, (ii) increases in broadcast revenue attributable to local and political
advertising and a sports programming joint venture which covered the University
of Kentucky's NCAA basketball championship and (iii) increases in the newspaper
operations' classified advertising, circulation and special events revenue. Net
income was adversely affected by interest expense which increased to $2.1
million, or 57%, for the quarter ended March 31, 1996, from to $1.4 million for
the quarter ended March 31, 1995, primarily as a result of additional
indebtedness incurred in connection with the Augusta Acquisition.
------------------------
The Company was incorporated in Georgia in 1897. The principal executive
offices of the Company are located at 126 North Washington Street, Albany,
Georgia 31701, telephone number (912) 888-9390.
7
<PAGE>
SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS AND PER SHARE DATA)
The following table sets forth (i) unaudited condensed consolidated
historical financial information of the Company and certain data derived
therefrom, (ii) unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial information
of the Company and certain data derived therefrom after giving effect to the
Augusta Acquisition, this Offering, the Financing and the KTVE Sale and (iii)
unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma combined financial information of the
Company and certain data derived therefrom after giving effect to the foregoing,
the Phipps Acquisition and the Concurrent Offering. The pro forma financial
statements of the Company give effect to the Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale,
this Offering, the Financing, the Phipps Acquisition and the Concurrent Offering
as if such transactions had occurred as of January 1, 1995 with respect to the
statement of operations and data derived therefrom for the year ended December
31, 1995 and as of December 31, 1995 with respect to the balance sheet data.
The Augusta Acquisition and the Phipps Acquisition are reflected using the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations. The pro forma financial
information is provided for comparative purposes only and does not purport to be
indicative of the results that actually would have been obtained if the events
set forth above had been effected on the dates indicated or of those results
that may be obtained in the future. The pro forma financial statements are based
on preliminary estimates of values and transaction costs. The actual recording
of the transactions will be based on final appraisals, values and transaction
costs. Accordingly, the actual recording of the transactions can be expected to
differ from these pro forma financial statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
COMPANY COMPANY COMBINED
--------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commissions)...................................... $ 36,750 $ 41,450 $ 63,874
Publishing.................................................................. 21,866 21,866 21,866
Paging...................................................................... -- -- 4,897
--------- ---------- ----------
Total revenues................................................................ 58,616 63,316 90,637
Total expenses................................................................ 51,756 55,148 75,496
--------- ---------- ----------
Operating income.............................................................. 6,860 8,168 15,141
Miscellaneous income (expense), net........................................... 143 24 36
--------- ---------- ----------
Income before interest expense and income taxes............................... 7,003 8,192 15,177
Interest expense.............................................................. 5,438 3,325 21,131
--------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes............................................. 1,565 4,867 (5,954)
Income tax expense (benefit).................................................. 634 1,954 (2,018)
--------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)............................................................. 931 2,913 (3,936)
Preferred stock dividends..................................................... -- 1,400 1,400
--------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders............................ $ 931 $ 1,513 $ (5,336)
--------- ---------- ----------
--------- ---------- ----------
Average shares outstanding (000s)............................................. 4,481 7,891 7,854
--------- ---------- ----------
--------- ---------- ----------
Earnings (loss) per common share.............................................. $ 0.21 $ 0.19 $ (0.68)
--------- ---------- ----------
--------- ---------- ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital (deficiency).................................................. $ (221) $ 26,766 $ 2,633
Total assets.................................................................. 78,240 136,000 301,400
Total debt.................................................................... 54,325 25,953 189,253
Total stockholders' equity.................................................... 8,986 92,612 92,612
OTHER DATA:
Media Cash Flow (1)........................................................... $ 15,559 $ 17,448 $ 30,345
Operating cash flow (2)....................................................... 13,309 15,197 28,094
EBITDA (3).................................................................... 13,140 15,151 28,134
Capital expenditures.......................................................... 3,280 3,202 6,390
Ratio of Media Cash Flow to interest expense.................................. 2.9 5.2 1.4
Ratio of operating cash flow to interest expense.............................. 2.4 4.6 6.2
Ratio of total debt to Media Cash Flow........................................ 3.5 1.5 6.2
Ratio of total debt to operating cash flow.................................... 4.1 1.7 6.7
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)........................................ 1.3 2.3 --
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Media Cash Flow represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization (including amortization of program license rights), non-cash
compensation and corporate overhead, less payments of program license
liabilities.
(2) Operating cash flow represents operating income plus depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of program license rights) and non-cash
compensation less payments for program license liabilities.
(3) EBITDA represents operating income plus (i) depreciation and amortization
(excluding amortization of program license rights) and (ii) non-cash
compensation paid in common stock (excluding such payments made to the
401(k) plan). EBITDA is presented not as a measure of operating results, but
rather to provide additional information related to the Company's ability to
service debt. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to either
(x) operating income determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP") as an indicator of operating performance or
(y) cash flows from operating activities (determined in accordance with
GAAP) as a measure of liquidity.
(4) For purposes of this item "fixed charges" represent interest, the interest
element of rental expense, capitalized interest and amortization of debt
issuance costs and "earnings" represent net income (loss) before income
taxes, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles and fixed charges. Pro forma combined
earnings would be insufficient to cover fixed charges by $6.0 million.
8
<PAGE>
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS AND PER SHARE DATA)
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Set forth below are certain selected historical consolidated financial data
of the Company. This information should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements of the Company and related notes thereto
appearing elsewhere herein and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Results of Operations of the
Company." The selected consolidated financial data for, and as of the end of,
each of the years in the four-year period ended December 31, 1995 are derived
from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The selected
consolidated financial data for, and as of the year ended December 31, 1991 are
derived from unaudited financial statements since the Company had a June 30
fiscal year end.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: (UNAUDITED)
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commissions).............. $ 13,553 $ 15,131 $ 15,004 $ 22,826 $ 36,750
Publishing.......................................... 8,968 9,512 10,109 13,692 21,866
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues........................................ 22,521 24,643 25,113 36,518 58,616
Expenses:
Broadcasting........................................ 9,672 9,753 10,029 14,864 23,202
Publishing.......................................... 6,444 6,752 7,662 11,198 20,016
Corporate and administrative........................ 1,889 2,627 2,326 1,959 2,258
Depreciation........................................ 1,487 1,197 1,388 1,745 2,633
Amortization of intangible assets................... 14 44 177 396 1,326
Non-cash compensation paid in common stock.......... -- -- -- 80 2,321
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total expenses........................................ 19,506 20,373 21,582 30,242 51,756
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income...................................... 3,015 4,270 3,531 6,276 6,860
Miscellaneous income (expense), net................... 778 (1,519) 202 189 143
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations before interest
expense and income taxes............................. 3,793 2,751 3,733 6,465 7,003
Interest expense...................................... 787 1,486 985 1,923 5,438
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations before income
taxes................................................ 3,006 1,265 2,748 4,542 1,565
Income tax expense.................................... 1,156 869 1,068 1,776 634
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations..................... 1,850 396 1,680 2,766 931
Discontinued business:
Income (loss) from operations of discontinued
business, net of applicable income tax expense
(benefit) of ($55), ($79) and $30, respectively.... (90) (129) 48 -- --
Gain on disposal of discontinued business, net of
applicable income tax expense of $501.............. -- -- 818 -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income............................................ $ 1,760 $ 267 $ 2,546 $ 2,766 $ 931
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations per common share.... $ 0.29 $ 0.09 $ 0.36 $ 0.39 $ 0.21
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital (deficiency).......................... $ 6,740 $ 2,976 $ 2,579 $ 1,075 $ (221)
Total assets.......................................... 31,548 24,173 21,372 68,789 78,240
Total debt............................................ 20,378 12,412 7,759 52,940 54,325
Total stockholders' equity............................ 5,853 4,850 7,118 5,001 8,986
OTHER DATA:
Media Cash Flow (1)................................... $ 6,405 $ 8,079 $ 7,371 $ 10,522 $ 15,559
Operating cash flow (2)............................... 4,516 5,452 5,044 8,567 13,309
EBITDA (3)............................................ 4,516 5,512 5,095 8,498 13,140
Capital expenditures.................................. 2,235 2,216 2,582 1,768 3,280
Ratio of Media Cash Flow to interest expense.......... 8.1 5.4 7.5 5.5 2.9
Ratio of operating cash flow to interest expense...... 5.7 3.7 5.1 4.5 2.4
Ratio of total debt to Media Cash Flow................ 3.2 1.5 1.1 5.0 3.5
Ratio of total debt to operating cash flow............ 4.5 2.3 1.5 6.2 4.1
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)................ 4.7 1.8 3.4 3.1 1.3
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Media Cash Flow represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization (including amortization of program license rights), non-cash
compensation and corporate overhead, less payments of program license
liabilities.
(2) Operating cash flow represents operating income plus depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of program license rights) and
non-cash compensation less payments for program license liabilities.
(3) EBITDA represents operating income plus (i) depreciation and amortization
(excluding amortization of program license rights and (ii) non-cash
compensation paid in common stock (excluding such payments made to the
401(k) plan). EBITDA is presented not as a measure of operating results,
but rather to provide additional information related to the Company's
ability to service debt. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative
to either (x) operating income determined in accordance with GAAP as an
indicator of operating performance or (y) cash flows from operating
activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of liquidity.
(4) For purposes of this item, "fixed charges" represent interest, the interest
element of rental expense, capitalized interest and amortization of debt
issuance costs and "earnings" represent net income (loss) before income
taxes, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles and fixed charges.
9
<PAGE>
THE PHIPPS BUSINESS
Set forth below are certain selected historical financial data of the Phipps
Business. This information should be read in conjunction with the Financial
Statements of the Phipps Business and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere
herein and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations-Results of Operations of the Phipps Business." The
selected financial data for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995 are derived from the audited financial
statements of the Phipps Business. The selected financial data for, and as of
the end of, each of the years ended December 31, 1991 and 1992 are derived from
the unaudited accounting records of the Phipps Business.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1991 1992(1) 1993 1994 1995
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commission)........ $ 10,492 $ 14,523 $ 19,460 $ 21,524 $ 22,424
Paging....................................... 3,369 3,646 3,788 4,277 4,897
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total revenues................................. 13,861 18,169 23,248 25,801 27,321
Expenses:
Broadcasting................................. 5,298 7,518 10,734 10,211 10,487
Paging....................................... 2,356 2,298 2,529 2,764 3,052
Management fee............................... 579 973 2,462 2,486 3,280
Depreciation and amortization................ 1,513 1,734 2,836 2,672 3,120
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total expenses................................. 9,746 12,523 18,561 18,133 19,939
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating income............................... 4,115 5,646 4,687 7,668 7,382
Miscellaneous income (expense), net............ 5 8 16 666 12
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Income before interest expense and minority
interests..................................... 4,120 5,654 4,703 8,334 7,394
Interest expense............................... 162 442 632 480 499
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Income before minority interests............... 3,958 5,212 4,071 7,854 6,895
Minority interests............................. -- 331 140 635 547
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net income..................................... $ 3,958 $ 4,881 $ 3,931 $ 7,219 $ 6,348
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Supplemental unaudited pro forma information: (2)
Net income, as above......................... $ 3,958 $ 4,881 $ 3,931 $ 7,219 $ 6,348
Pro forma provision for income tax expense... 1,504 1,855 1,500 2,743 2,413
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Pro-forma net income........................... $ 2,454 $ 3,026 $ 2,431 $ 4,476 $ 3,935
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital................................ $ 595 $ 615 $ 1,127 $ 1,421 $ 2,622
Total assets................................... 8,931 25,068 24,819 25,298 27,563
Total debt..................................... 1,388 7,697 6,542 6,065 4,810
Minority interests............................. -- 1,154 824 728 586
Owner's equity................................. 6,351 13,276 14,306 15,465 18,794
OTHER DATA:
Media Cash Flow (3)............................ $ 6,207 $ 7,968 $ 10,466 $ 12,983 $ 13,696
Operating cash flow (4)........................ 5,628 6,994 8,003 10,498 10,416
EBITDA (5)..................................... 5,627 7,380 7,523 10,340 10,502
Capital expenditures........................... 1,009 2,258 3,538 3,353 3,188
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes the acquisition of a majority interest in WKXT in July 1992, which
was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.
(2) John H. Phipps, Inc. and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income
tax return and separate state tax returns. Income tax expense for the Phipps
Business is not presented in the financial statements as such amounts are
computed and paid by John H. Phipps, Inc. Pro forma federal and state income
taxes for the Phipps Business are calculated on a pro forma, separate return
basis.
(3) Media Cash Flow represents operating income plus depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of program license rights) and corporate overhead
less payments of program license liabilities.
(4) Operating cash flow represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization (including amortization of program license rights) less
payments for program license liabilities.
(5) EBITDA represents operating income plus depreciation and amortization
(excluding amortization of program license rights). EBITDA is presented not
as a measure of operating results, but rather to provide additional
information related to the Company's ability to service debt. EBITDA should
not be considered as an alternative to either (x) operating income
determined in accordance with GAAP as an indicator of operating performance
or (y) cash flows from operating activities (determined in accordance with
GAAP) as a measure of liquidity.
10
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
IN ADDITION TO CONSIDERING THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSIDER
CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING FACTORS BEFORE DECIDING TO INVEST IN THE CLASS B COMMON
STOCK.
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE. The Company will have substantial indebtedness upon
the consummation of this Offering and the Concurrent Offering. As of December
31, 1995, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Augusta Acquisition,
the KTVE Sale, this Offering, the Financing, the Phipps Acquisition and the
Concurrent Offering, the Company, on a consolidated basis, would have had
outstanding $189.3 million of indebtedness and shareholders' equity of $92.6
million, with the ability, subject to certain limitations described herein, to
incur approximately $41.7 million of additional indebtedness pursuant to the
Senior Credit Facility, none of which could have been borrowed thereunder due to
the covenant restrictions contained in the Senior Credit Facility. As part of
the Financing and as a condition of the Concurrent Offering, the Company will
amend or replace the Senior Credit Facility and the Company is currently engaged
in negotiations with certain institutional lenders with respect thereto. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness." On a pro forma basis after giving effect
to the Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale, this Offering, the Financing, the
Phipps Acquisition and the Concurrent Offering for the year ended December 31,
1995, the Company's pro forma combined earnings would have been insufficient to
cover fixed charges by $6.0 million. In addition, upon the consummation of this
Offering, the Company will issue Series A and Series B Preferred Stock having
annual dividend requirements of $800,000 and $600,000, respectively, which in
the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, may, at the option of the Company, be
paid in shares of Series B Preferred Stock. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions--Issuances of Preferred Stock."
The Company intends to pursue additional acquisitions of television
stations, publications or related businesses and, in connection therewith, may
incur substantial additional indebtedness or issue substantial additional
preferred stock.
The degree to which the Company will be leveraged could have important
consequences to holders of the Class B Common Stock, including the following:
(i) the Company's ability to obtain financing in the future for working capital,
capital expenditures and general corporate purposes may be impaired; (ii) a
substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated
to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness and the payment of
cash dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock; and (iii) a high degree of
leverage may limit the Company's ability to react to changes in the industry,
make the Company more vulnerable to economic downturns and limit its ability to
withstand competitive pressures.
The Company's ability to service its debt and dividend obligations will
depend upon its future operating performance which will be affected by
prevailing economic conditions and financial and business factors, many of which
are beyond the Company's control. If the Company cannot generate sufficient cash
flow from operations to meet its obligations, then the Company may be required
to restructure or refinance its debt, raise additional capital or take other
actions such as selling assets or reducing or delaying capital expenditures.
There can be no assurance, however, that any of such actions could be effected
on satisfactory terms, if at all, or would be permitted by the terms of the
Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Note, the Indenture or the Company's other
credit arrangements.
The Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Note and the Notes contain
restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the Company's ability to
incur additional indebtedness, create liens and make investments and capital
expenditures. The Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Note also require the
Company to comply with certain financial ratios and tests, under which the
Company is required to achieve certain financial and operating results. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness." The Company's ability to meet these
financial ratios and tests may be affected by events beyond its control, and
there can be no assurance that they will be met. A failure to comply with the
covenants and other provisions of its debt instruments
11
<PAGE>
could result in events of default under such instruments, which could permit
acceleration of the debt under such instruments and in some cases acceleration
of debt under other instruments that contain cross default or cross-acceleration
provisions.
LIMITATIONS ON ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS -- EFFECT ON ACQUISITION
STRATEGY. The Company's strategy includes acquiring television stations and
publications in the Southeast. However, the Company's ability to incur
additional indebtedness is limited by the terms of the Senior Credit Facility,
the Senior Note and the Notes. If the Company requires significant additional
financing to fund acquisitions or operations or for other purposes, the consent
of its lenders, or a refinancing of existing indebtedness, would be required.
The Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Note also contain financial covenants
and other operating restrictions which must be met, or consent to their
modifications obtained, to permit acquisitions. There can be no assurance that
the Company would be successful in obtaining such consents or refinancing. If
the Company is unable to satisfy such financial covenants or obtain such
consents or refinancing, it would not be able to pursue its acquisition
strategy.
CONSUMMATION OF THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION PRIOR TO FINAL FCC APPROVAL. If the
requisite FCC approval is obtained, the Company intends to consummate the Phipps
Acquisition prior to the time such approval becomes "final" (that is, during the
time a third party may file a petition for reconsideration of, or the FCC itself
may reconsider, such approval). If any such appeals are filed, the FCC may,
under certain circumstances, reconsider its approval of the Phipps Acquisition.
If any such appeal is successful, the FCC may impose a variety of remedies,
including, among other things, requiring the Company to divest one or both of
the acquired stations.
FCC DIVESTITURE REQUIREMENT. In connection with the Phipps Acquisition, the
Company is seeking FCC approval granting the assignment of the television
broadcast licenses for WCTV, which serves Tallahassee, Florida/Thomasville,
Georgia, and WKXT, which serves Knoxville, Tennessee. The television broadcast
signal of WCTV overlaps with the Company's existing stations, WALB-TV ("WALB")
and WJHG-TV ("WJHG"). Due to such overlap, common ownership of such stations is
prohibited by current FCC regulations. Such regulations will require the Company
to divest its ownership interest in WALB and WJHG in connection with the Phipps
Acquisition. However, these rules may be revised by the FCC upon conclusion of
pending rulemaking proceedings. The Company has applied for six month waivers of
such regulations. There can be no assurance that these waivers will be granted.
Opposition to such waiver requests has been filed by a competing television
station in Panama City, Florida. If granted, the waivers will afford the Company
six months to divest WALB and WJHG following the consummation of the Phipps
Acquisition (if such divestiture is necessary in order to comply with FCC rules
in effect at the expiration of the waiver period).
In order to satisfy applicable FCC requirements, the Company, subject to FCC
approval, intends to swap such assets for assets of one or more television
stations of comparable value and with comparable broadcast cash flow in a
transaction qualifying for deferred capital gains treatment under the "like-kind
exchange" provision of Section 1033 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code").
If the Company is unable to effect such a swap on satisfactory terms within the
time period granted by the FCC under the waivers, the Company may transfer such
assets to a trust with a view towards the trustee effecting a swap or sale of
such assets. Any such trust arrangement would be subject to the approval of the
FCC. It is anticipated that the Company would be required to relinquish
operating control of such assets to a trustee while retaining the economic risks
and benefits of ownership. If the Company or such trust is required to effect a
sale of WALB, the Company would incur a significant gain and related tax
liability, the payment of which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's ability to acquire comparable assets without incurring additional
indebtedness. WALB and WJHG accounted for 10.4% and 4.3%, respectively, of the
Company's pro forma total revenues and 16.8% and 1.8%, respectively, of the
Company's pro forma Media Cash Flow for the year ended December 31, 1995. No
assurance can be given that the Company will be able to identify or enter into
arrangements regarding suitable assets for a swap or sale satisfying the FCC
divestiture requirements. In addition, there can be no assurance that the
Company could effect a sale or swap on a timely basis or establish a trust on
satisfactory terms. See "Pro Forma Financial Data" and "Business-Federal
Regulation of the Company's Business."
12
<PAGE>
POSSIBLE NON-CONSUMMATION OF THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION. The consummation of
the Phipps Acquisition, which is anticipated to occur by September 1996, is
subject to certain closing conditions, including receipt of FCC approval. There
can be no assurance that FCC approval will be obtained or that the other closing
conditions will be satisfied or waived. Upon the consummation of the Concurrent
Offering and pending the consummation of the Phipps Acquisition, the Company
will deposit the estimated net proceeds of $145.5 million (before deducting
expenses) from the Concurrent Offering plus an amount estimated to be sufficient
to fund in full the redemption of the Notes in an interest-bearing trust
account. If the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated on or prior to
, 1996, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes for $151.5
million plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption. The
Company expects that the interest rate earned on the funds deposited in the
trust account will be less than the interest rate on the Notes. See "Description
of the Notes."
In addition, if the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated as a result of a
default by the Company, the Company will be required to pay $10 million as
liquidated damages.
For the year ended December 31, 1995, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale, the Financing, this Offering
and the Concurrent Offering, the Phipps Business comprised approximately 30.1%
of the Company's total revenues and approximately 45.1% of the Company's total
Media Cash Flow. If the Company does not consummate the Phipps Acquisition, the
Company would have lower revenues, lower Media Cash Flow, higher cash balances
and lower long-term debt. See "Pro Forma Financial Data."
POSSIBLE NON-CONSUMMATION OF THE KTVE SALE. The Company has entered into a
non-binding letter of intent with respect to the KTVE Sale and there can be no
assurance that such letter of intent will lead to a binding agreement relating
to the KTVE Sale. Even if the Company were to enter into a binding agreement
relating to the KTVE Sale, such agreement would be subject to a number of
closing conditions, including receipt of FCC approval. There can be no assurance
that such FCC approval can be obtained or that any other closing conditions
thereto can be satisfied or waived. Neither the consummation of this Offering
nor the Concurrent Offering is conditioned upon the KTVE Sale.
DEPENDENCE ON ADVERTISING REVENUES; EFFECT OF ECONOMIC CONDITIONS. The
television and newspaper industries are cyclical in nature and are affected by
prevailing economic conditions. Since the Company relies on sales of advertising
time at its television stations and in its publications for substantially all of
its revenues, the Company's operating results are sensitive to general economic
conditions and regional conditions in each of the local markets served by its
television stations and publications. In addition, all of the Company's stations
and publications are located in the Southeast. As a result, the Company's
results of operations may be adversely affected by recessionary economic
conditions either in the Southeast, nationally or, due to the substantial
portion of revenues derived from local advertisers, the local economies in areas
served by its television stations and publications. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business."
DEPENDENCE ON NETWORK AFFILIATIONS. Five of the Company's television
stations are affiliated with CBS and two are affiliated with NBC. The television
viewership levels for each of the stations are materially dependent upon
programming provided by the network with which each station is affiliated. There
can be no assurance that such programming will achieve or maintain satisfactory
viewership levels in the future. Although the Company expects to continue to be
able to renew these affiliation agreements, no assurance can be given that such
renewals will be obtained. Some of the Company's network affiliation agreements
are to be renewed during the term of the Notes. The non-renewal or termination
of one or more of the Company's stations' network affiliation agreements may
have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See
"Business-Network Affiliation of the Stations."
COMPETITIVE NATURE OF AND RISK OF CHANGES IN THE TELEVISION INDUSTRY. The
television industry is highly competitive and the Company's stations compete
with other television stations as well as other media for viewers and
advertising revenues, such as newspapers, radio stations, magazines, outdoor
advertising, transit advertising, yellow page directories, direct mail and local
cable systems. During the past decade, the entry of strong independent broadcast
stations and programming alternatives such as cable television, home satellite
13
<PAGE>
delivery, home video and, more recently, direct broadcast satellite ("DBS")
television and video signals delivered over telephone lines have subjected
traditional network-affiliated television stations to new types of competition.
Competition for programming involves negotiating with national program
distributors or syndicators for exclusive rights to broadcast first-run or rerun
packages of programming in a particular DMA.
The ability of each of the Company's stations to generate advertising
revenues is dependent, to a significant degree, upon its audience ratings which,
in turn, are dependent upon successful programming. There can be no assurance
that any of the Company's stations will be able to maintain or increase its
current quality of programming, audience share or advertising revenues. To the
extent that certain of the Company's competitors have, or may in the future
obtain, greater resources than the Company, the Company's ability to compete
successfully in its broadcasting markets may be impeded. See
"Business-Competition."
Further advances in technology and changes in the regulatory climate may
increase competition for household audiences, programs and advertisers. In
addition, the Warner Brothers Network ("WB") and the United Paramount Network
("UPN") recently have begun operations. Video compression technology currently
under development, as well as other technological developments, have the
potential to provide vastly expanded programming to highly targeted audiences.
In addition, competition in the television industry in the future may come from
interactive video and data services that may provide two-way interaction. The
Company is unable to predict the effect that these or other technological
changes will have on the television industry or the future results of the
Company's operations.
The FCC has proposed the adoption of rules for implementing advanced
(including high-definition television or HDTV) television service ("ATV") in the
United States. Implementation of ATV will improve the technical quality of
television. Under certain circumstances, however, conversion to ATV operations
may reduce a station's geographical coverage area. While implementation of ATV
will impose additional costs on the Company's television stations providing the
new service primarily due to increased equipment costs, there is a potential for
increased revenues. On July 26, 1995, the FCC announced the issuance of a Note
of Proposed Rule Making ("NPRM") to invite comment on a broad range of issues
related to the implementation of ATV, particularly the transition to digital
broadcasting. The FCC also stated that the NPRM would be followed by two
additional proceedings and that a Final Report and Order which will launch the
ATV system is anticipated sometime in 1997.
The Company cannot predict how the combination of business, regulatory and
technological change will affect the broadcast industry or the Company's results
of operations. See "Business-Federal Regulation of the Company's Business."
COMPETITIVE NATURE OF THE NEWSPAPER INDUSTRY. Revenue in the newspaper
industry is derived primarily from advertising revenue and paid circulation.
Competition for advertising and circulation revenue comes from local and
regional newspapers, radio, broadcast and cable television, direct mail and
other communications and advertising media. The extent and nature of such
competition is in large part determined by the demographics and location of the
markets and the media alternatives in those markets. To the extent that certain
of the Company's competitors have, or may in the future obtain, greater
resources than the Company, the Company's ability to compete successfully in its
publishing markets may be impeded. See "Business-Competition."
The newspaper industry requires the availability of significant quantities
of newsprint. The variability of newsprint costs in recent years has been a
material factor in the profitability of the newspaper industry generally and has
affected the results of the Company's newspaper operations.
REGULATORY MATTERS. The broadcasting and paging industries are subject to
regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Communications Act") and the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the
"Telecommunications Act"). Approval by the FCC is required for the issuance,
renewal, transfer or assignment of television station operating licenses. In
particular, the Company's television business is dependent upon its continuing
ability to hold television broadcast licenses from the FCC, which generally are
issued for five-year terms. However, the Telecommunications Act now directs the
FCC to
14
<PAGE>
extend the term of television broadcast licenses to eight years for license
applications filed after May 1, 1995. The Company's existing television station
licenses expire between 1997 and 1999. Although in the vast majority of cases
such licenses are renewed by the FCC, there can be no assurance that any of the
Company's television broadcast licenses will be renewed at their expiration
dates for the full terms or at all. The non-renewal or limitation of one or more
of the Company's television broadcast licenses could have a material adverse
effect on the Company. The Telecommunications Act also addresses a wide variety
of matters (including technological changes) that affect the operation and
ownership of the Company's television stations. The Telecommunications Act
eliminates the restrictions on the number of television stations an entity may
own, operate or control and increases the national audience reach limitations to
35%. The FCC has been directed to adopt rules relating to the retention,
modification or elimination of local ownership limitations and spectrum
flexibility, including how to establish and collect fees from broadcasters for
the implementation of ancillary and supplementary services.
The FCC has been directed to revise its rules to permit cross-ownership
interests between a broadcast network and a cable system, and if necessary, to
revise its rules to ensure carriage, channel positioning and non-discriminatory
treatment of non-affiliated broadcast stations by cable systems affiliated with
a broadcast network. The FCC has been directed to review all of its ownership
rules every two years and currently has several broadcast related rulemaking
proceedings underway. There can be no assurance that any such rulemakings or
resulting changes would not materially adversely affect the Company.
The Company's paging operations are also subject to regulation by the FCC.
The FCC licenses granted to the Company are for varying terms of up to 10 years,
at the end of which renewal applications must be approved by the FCC. Although
the Company is unaware of any circumstances which could prevent the grant of
renewal applications, no assurance can be given that any of the Company's
licenses will be free of competing applications or will be renewed by the FCC.
Futhermore, the FCC has the authority to restrict the operation of licensed
facilities or to revoke or modify licenses. See "Business-Federal Regulation of
the Company's Business."
RECENT ACQUISITION OF TELEVISION STATIONS AND PUBLICATIONS. The Company
acquired one newspaper and three shoppers in 1995 and consummated the Augusta
Acquisition in 1996. The Phipps Acquisition and the KTVE Sale are pending and
the Company will be required under current FCC regulations to divest WALB and
WJHG in connection with the Phipps Acquisition. As a result, the majority of the
Company's assets have, or will have been, recently acquired. Accordingly, there
is no meaningful opportunity for prospective purchasers of the Class B Common
Stock to evaluate the performance of these assets under the Company's management
and there can be no assurance that the Company's operating strategy can be
successfully implemented with respect to its newly acquired assets. See
"Business."
RISK OF INABILITY TO FINANCE CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER. A Change of Control
under the Indenture would require the Company to refinance substantial amounts
of indebtedness. In the event of a Change of Control, the Company has the
obligation to offer to purchase all the outstanding Notes at a price equal to
101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
date of purchase. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Augusta
Acquisition, the KTVE Sale, this Offering, the Financing, the Phipps Acquisition
and the Concurrent Offering, the Company would not have sufficient funds
available to purchase all of the outstanding Notes if they were tendered as a
result of a Change of Control. In addition, covenants in the Senior Credit
Facility would restrict the Company's ability to make any such purchase. In the
event of a Change of Control, there can be no assurance that the Company would
have available, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds through a refinancing of
the Notes to be purchased or otherwise, or that the lenders under the Senior
Credit Facility would permit any such purchase. A Change of Control of the
Company also may cause an acceleration under other Senior Debt (as defined in
the Indenture), in which case the subordination provisions of the Notes would
require payment in full of all such accelerated Senior Debt before repurchase of
the Notes. The inability to repay Senior Debt, if accelerated, and to effect an
offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control would constitute events
of default under the Indenture. Also, the requirement that the Company offer to
repurchase the Notes and the obligation to prepay the
15
<PAGE>
amounts owing under the Company's existing indebtedness and the reduction of the
commitments thereunder to zero in the event of a Change of Control may have the
effect of deterring a third party from acquiring the Company in a transaction
that would constitute a Change of Control.
LIMITED VOTING RIGHTS OF CLASS B COMMON SHAREHOLDERS; CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDER. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share
on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders and holders of Class A Common
Stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. Bull Run and its affiliates
collectively beneficially own 48.2% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common
Stock representing approximately 44.7% of the total voting power of the
Company's common stock after giving effect to this Offering. In connection with
certain FCC applications, Bull Run and its affiliates have (i) agreed not to
cause more than three of its designees to be elected to the Board of Directors
of the Company, (ii) stated that Bull Run and its affiliates have acquired the
common stock of the Company for investment purposes only and not with the intent
to control the Company and (iii) agreed not to solicit proxies for votes on
matters before the Company's shareholders. However, if such agreement is
terminated for any reason, subject to applicable FCC regulations that require
the FCC's prior consent, Bull Run and its affiliates could effectively control
the election of a majority of the Company's directors and, thus, the operations
and business of the Company as a whole. In addition, such stockholders may have
the ability to prevent certain types of material transactions, including a
change of control of the Company.
The disproportionate voting rights of the Class A Common Stock relative to
the Class B Common Stock may make the Company a less attractive target for a
takeover than it otherwise might be, or render more difficult or discourage a
merger proposal or a tender offer.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Bull Run is in the business of making
significant investments in existing companies and may from time to time acquire
and hold controlling or noncontrolling interests in broadcasting or
broadcasting-related businesses other than through the Company, some of which
may compete with the Company. Bull Run and its affiliates may from time to time
identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions of television stations or other
broadcasting related businesses that would be complementary to the business of
the Company and therefore such acquisition opportunities will not be available
to the Company. In addition, Bull Run may from time to time identify and
structure acquisitions for the Company and may receive customary finders fees in
connection with such transactions. Certain affiliates of Bull Run have entered,
and in the future may enter, into business relationships with the Company or its
subsidiaries. See "Certain Relationship and Related Transactions."
ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES. The Company's Articles of Incorporation authorize
the issuance of up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Other than the 1,000
shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the 1,000 shares of Series B Preferred
Stock to be issued in the Financing, the Company has no current plans to issue
any additional shares of preferred stock. However, because the rights and
preferences for any series of preferred stock may be set by the Board in its
sole discretion, the Company may issue preferred stock which has rights and
preferences superior to the rights of holders of the Common Stock and thus may
adversely effect the rights of holders of Common Stock. See "Description of
Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock."
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public
market for the Class B Common Stock. The Company intends to apply to list the
Class B Common Stock on the NYSE. Nevertheless, there can no assurance that an
active public trading market for the Class B Common Stock will develop or be
sustained. The initial public offering price of the Class B Common Stock will be
based on the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the date of offering
and will be determined through negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriters. There can be no assurance that the market price of the Class B
Common Stock subsequent to this Offering will correlate to the market price of
the Class A Common Stock. Factors such as market conditions in the television
broadcast industry may have a significant impact on the market price of the
Class B Common Stock.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Sales of a substantial number of shares of
the Company's Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock in the public market
following this Offering could adversely affect the market price for the Class B
Common Stock. At March 31, 1996, after giving effect to this Offering, there
would be 4,462,832 shares of Class A Common Stock and 3,500,000 shares of Class
B Common Stock
16
<PAGE>
outstanding, of which 2,311,747 shares of Class A Common Stock and all the Class
B Common Stock would be freely transferable. Bull Run and its affiliates and the
Company's executive officers and directors who in the aggregate own shares of
Class A Common Stock and hold options or warrants to acquire an additional
shares of Class A Common Stock have agreed that they will not sell or otherwise
dispose of any of their shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common
Stock without the consent of The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc. for a period of
180 days from the date of this Prospectus (the "180-Day Lockup Period"). If
presented with such a request, the Underwriters would take into consideration
the number of shares as to which such request related, the relative demand for
additional shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock in the market,
and the price performance of the Class B Common Stock in the period following
completion of this Offering.
17
<PAGE>
THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION, THE KTVE SALE
AND THE FINANCING
THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION
GENERAL
The Company has entered into an agreement (the "Asset Purchase Agreement")
to acquire two CBS-affiliated television stations, WCTV and WKXT, a satellite
broadcasting business and a paging business in the Southeast. The consummation
of the Phipps Acquisition is subject to certain closing conditions, including
FCC approval. The Phipps Acquisition is currently expected to occur by September
1996; however, there can be no assurance that FCC approval will be obtained,
that the other closing conditions will be satisfied or waived or that the Phipps
Acquisition will be consummated.
THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
On December 15, 1995 the Company entered into the Asset Purchase Agreement,
which provides for the purchase of the Phipps Business from Media Acquisition
Partners, L.P. ("MAP"). The purchase price for the Phipps Acquisition is
approximately $185 million, including fees, expenses and working capital and
certain other adjustments. Upon execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the
Company deposited $200,000 with MAP, which will be credited toward the purchase
price or, if the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated, refunded to the Company
net of MAP's out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the transaction.
The parties have agreed that $15 million of the purchase price will be deposited
into an escrow account to fund indemnification payments under the Asset Purchase
Agreement. To the extent not utilized to fund such payments, the escrow funds
shall be released to MAP over a seven-year period.
Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company will acquire the
assets constituting the Phipps Business and assume certain liabilities relating
to the Phipps Business. MAP has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain
liabilities incurred by the Company relating to the Phipps Business, including
taxes, liabilities relating to certain employee benefit plans, certain
environmental matters and undisclosed liabilities. However, the Asset Purchase
Agreement provides that no party thereto shall be liable for indemnification
(which is the exclusive legal remedy thereunder) in an amount in excess of the
balance of escrowed funds. There can be no assurance that the escrowed funds
will be sufficient to satisfy liabilities of the Phipps Business assumed by the
Company.
Simultaneously with the execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, MAP
entered into agreements (the "Stock Purchase Agreements") to acquire all of the
capital stock of John H. Phipps, Inc. ("Phipps"), which currently owns and
operates the Phipps Business, together with certain limited partnership
interests in the partnership that owns and operates WKXT (the general partner of
which is Phipps), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $166 million,
subject to working capital and certain other adjustments (of approximately $10
million). The Company established a $10 million standby letter of credit which
may be drawn upon in full as liquidated damages if the Phipps Acquisition is not
consummated as a result of a default by the Company.
The Asset Purchase Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreements include
representations and warranties with respect to the condition and operation of
the Phipps Business, covenants as to the conduct of the Phipps Business prior to
the closing and various closing conditions (including approval by the FCC). The
consummation of the Phipps Acquisition is required to occur at least one day
after the closing under the Stock Purchase Agreements.
DIVESTITURE REQUIREMENTS
In connection with the Phipps Acquisition, the Company will be required to
divest WALB and WJHG under current FCC regulations due to common ownership
restrictions on stations with overlapping signals. However, these rules may be
revised by the FCC upon conclusion of pending rulemaking proceedings. In order
to satisfy applicable FCC requirements, the Company, subject to FCC approval,
intends to swap such assets for assets of one or more television stations of
comparable value and with comparable broadcast cash flow in a transaction
qualifying for deferred capital gains treatment under the "like-kind exchange"
provision of Section 1033 of the Code. If the Company is unable to effect such a
swap on satisfactory terms within
18
<PAGE>
the time period granted by the FCC under the waivers, the Company may transfer
such assets to a trust with a view towards the trustee effecting a swap or sale
of such assets. Any such trust arrangement would be subject to the approval of
the FCC. It is anticipated that the Company would be required to relinquish
operating control of such assets to a trustee while retaining the economic risks
and benefits of ownership. If the Company or such trust is required to effect a
sale of WALB, the Company would incur a significant gain and related tax
liability, the payment of which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's ability to acquire comparable assets without incurring additional
indebtedness. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to
identify or enter into arrangements regarding suitable assets for a swap or sale
satisfying the FCC divestiture requirements. In addition, there can be no
assurance that the Company could effect a sale or swap on a timely basis or
establish a trust on satisfactory terms.
THE KTVE SALE
The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent to sell KTVE,
the Company's NBC-affiliated station serving Monroe, Louisiana/El Dorado,
Arkansas for approximately $9.5 million in cash plus the amount of the accounts
receivable on the date of closing (estimated to be approximately $750,000), to
the extent collected by the buyer, to be paid to the Company within 150 days
following the date of closing. The KTVE Sale is subject to the negotiation,
execution and delivery of a definitive agreement and to the satisfaction of
certain closing conditions to be contained therein, including receipt of FCC
approval of such sale. The closing of the KTVE Sale is expected to occur by
September 1996. See "Risk Factors-Possible Non-Consummation of the KTVE Sale."
THE FINANCING
In addition to the consummation of the Phipps Acquisition and the KTVE Sale,
the Company intends to implement the Financing to increase liquidity and improve
operating and financial flexibility. Pursuant to the Financing, the Company will
(i) repay approximately $38.8 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding
indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility, together with accrued interest
thereon and to revise the terms thereof, (ii) issue $10 million liquidation
preference of its Series A Preferred Stock in exchange for the 8% Note issued to
Bull Run, (iii) issue to certain affiliates $10 million liquidation preference
of its Series B Preferred Stock with warrants to purchase up to 500,000 shares
representing approximately 11.3% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock for
cash proceeds of $10 million and (iv) revise the terms of the Senior Note. The
cash required for the consummation of the Phipps Acquisition, the repayment of
indebtedness and related transaction costs will be provided by the net proceeds
of this Offering, the Concurrent Offering, the sale of Series B Preferred Stock
and warrants and the KTVE Sale. For a description of the Senior Credit Facility,
the Senior Note, and the Preferred Stock, see "Description of Certain
Indebtedness" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions-Issuances of
Preferred Stock." The consummation of this Offering is not conditioned upon the
concurrent consummation of the Financing, the KTVE Sale, the Phipps Acquisition
or the Concurrent Offering. If the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated prior
to , 1996, the Company is required to redeem the Notes at a
redemption price (the "Special Redemption Price") equal to 101% of the principal
amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for such
redemption. See "Description of the Notes."
19
<PAGE>
SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS FOR THE PHIPPS ACQUISITION, THE KTVE SALE AND THE
FINANCING
The following table sets forth the estimated sources and uses of funds
relating to the Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Financing. The actual
amounts of sources and uses of funds may differ at the closing due to, among
other things, the actual amount payable under the Asset Purchase Agreement and
the amount of indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility (dollars
in millions):
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
----------
<S> <C>
The Class B Common Stock offered hereby.................................................... $ 66.5
The Concurrent Offering.................................................................... 150.0
Sale of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants.............................................. 10.0
The KTVE Sale.............................................................................. 9.5
----------
Total.............................................................................. $ 236.0
----------
----------
</TABLE>
USES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
----------
<S> <C>
Consummation of Phipps Acquisition......................................................... $ 185.0
Repay indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility (1).................................... 38.8
Fees and expenses (2)...................................................................... 12.2
----------
Total.............................................................................. $ 236.0
----------
----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest at formula rates
based upon the applicable LIBOR or prime rate at the time of borrowing plus
a fixed spread and have a final maturity of 2003.
(2) Fees and expenses include underwriting costs for the Notes and the
Concurrent Offering, fees payable in connection with the amendment of the
Senior Credit Facility and legal, accounting and other transaction fees.
Does not include estimated taxes of $2.8 million with respect to the KTVE
Sale.
If the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated, the Company will redeem the
Notes. The following table sets forth the estimated sources and uses of funds to
consummate the KTVE Sale and the Financing and to redeem the Notes if the Phipps
Acquisition is not consummated (dollars in millions):
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
----------
<S> <C>
The Class B Common Stock offered hereby.................................................... $ 66.5
The Concurrent Offering.................................................................... 150.0
Sale of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants.............................................. 10.0
The KTVE Sale.............................................................................. 9.5
----------
Total.............................................................................. $ 236.0
----------
----------
</TABLE>
USES OF FUNDS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
----------
<S> <C>
Redemption of the Notes.................................................................... $ 151.5(1)
Repay indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility (2).................................... 52.1
Fees and expenses (3)...................................................................... 12.2
Working Capital (4)........................................................................ 20.2
----------
Total.................................................................................... $ 236.0
----------
----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Amount shown excludes interest accrued on the Notes from the date of
issuance to the date of redemption.
(2) Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest at formula rates
based upon the applicable LIBOR or prime rate at the time of borrowing plus
a fixed spread and have a final maturity of 2003.
(3) Fees and expenses include underwriting costs for this Offering and the
Concurrent Offering, fees payable in connection with the amendment of the
Senior Credit Facility and legal, accounting and other transaction fees.
Does not include estimated taxes of $2.8 million with respect to the KTVE
Sale.
(4) If the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated due to a default by the
Company, the Company will be required to pay $10.0 million as liquidated
damages.
20
<PAGE>
PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
Prior to this Offering, there has been no established public trading market
for the Class B Common Stock. The Company intends to apply to list the Class B
Common Stock on the NYSE. Since June 30, 1995, the Company's Class A Common
Stock has been listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol "GCS." The
following table sets forth the high and low sale prices (restated to give effect
to the three-for-two stock split) of the Class A Common Stock as reported by the
NYSE for the period after June 30, 1995 and, prior to such time, the high and
low bid quotations as reported on the NASDAQ Small Cap Market.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A
COMMON STOCK CASH
-------------------- DIVIDENDS
HIGH LOW DECLARED PER SHARE
--------- --------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
FISCAL 1994
First Quarter.......................................................... $ 9.67 $ 8.67 $ .0133
Second Quarter......................................................... 9.33 8.50 .0133
Third Quarter.......................................................... 9.83 9.33 .0133
Fourth Quarter......................................................... 11.00 9.83 .0267
FISCAL 1995
First Quarter.......................................................... $ 14.50 $ 10.67 $ .02
Second Quarter......................................................... 19.33 14.50 .02
Third Quarter.......................................................... 24.33 16.75 .02
Fourth Quarter......................................................... 22.38 16.38 .02
FISCAL 1996
First Quarter.......................................................... $ 20.38 $ 15.75 $ .02
Second Quarter (through April 30, 1996)................................ 20.75 18.75 --
</TABLE>
On April 30, 1996, the last reported sale price for the Class A Common Stock
on the NYSE was $20.75 per share. See "Risk Factors -- No Prior Public Market"
and "Underwriting" for a description of the method of determing the offering
price of the Class B Common Stock. As of March 8, 1996, the Company had
4,462,832 outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock held by approximately 228
shareholders of record.
The Company has paid a dividend on its Class A Common Stock since 1967.
There can be no assurance of the Company's ability to continue to pay any
dividends on either class of Common Stock. The Company's Articles of
Incorporation require that the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock
receive dividends on a PARI PASSU basis.
The Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Note and the Notes each contain
covenants that restrict the ability of the Company to pay dividends on its
capital stock. In addition to the foregoing, the declaration and payment of
dividends on the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are subject
to the discretion of the Board of Directors. Any future payments of dividends
will depend on the earnings and financial position of the Company and such other
factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.
21
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth: (i) the historical consolidated
capitalization of the Company as adjusted to give effect, as of December 31,
1995, to the Augusta Acquisition, (ii) the historical consolidated
capitalization of the Company as adjusted to give effect, as of December 31,
1995 to the Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale, the Financing and this Offering
and (iii) the historical consolidated capitalization of the Company as adjusted
to give effect, as of December 31, 1995, to the Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE
Sale, this Offering, the Financing, the Phipps Acquisition and the Concurrent
Offering. This table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, and the Pro
Forma Financial Statements and other information contained in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995
----------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA COMPANY
PRO FORMA (INCLUDING THIS
COMPANY OFFERING, THE KTVE PRO FORMA,
(INCLUDING AUGUSTA SALE AND THE COMBINED
ACQUISITION) FINANCING) AS ADJUSTED
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term debt:
Senior Credit Facility........................... $52,100 $ -- $ 13,300
Senior Note due 2003............................. 25,000 25,000 25,000
The Notes........................................ -- -- 150,000
The 8% Note...................................... 10,000 -- --
Other............................................ 953 953 953
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
Total long-term debt (including current
portion)........................................ 88,053 25,953 189,253
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
Stockholders' equity:
Series A Preferred Stock......................... -- 10,000 10,000
Series B Preferred Stock......................... -- 10,000 10,000
Class A Common Stock, no par value; authorized
10,000,000 shares; pro forma Company and pro
forma as adjusted 5,082,756 shares (1).......... 6,796 6,796 6,796
Class B Common Stock, no par value; authorized
10,000,000 shares; pro forma Company no shares;
pro forma as adjusted 3,500,000 shares.......... -- 61,050 61,050
Retained earnings................................ 8,828 11,404 11,404
Treasury stock, 663,180 shares of Class A Common
Stock........................................... (6,638) (6,638) (6,638)
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
Total stockholders' equity..................... 8,986 92,612 $ 92,612
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
Total capitalization............................. $97,039 $118,565 $281,865
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes (i) 127,059 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of options outstanding under the Company's stock option plans and (ii)
987,500 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of certain
warrants held by an affiliate at the Company. See "Management" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."
22
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
The following unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements of
the Company give effect to the Augusta Acquisition, this Offering, the KTVE
Sale, the Phipps Acquisition, the Financing and the Concurrent Offering as if
such transactions had occurred as of January 1, 1995 with respect to the
statement of income for the year ended December 31, 1995 and as of December 31,
1995 with respect to the balance sheet. The Augusta Acquisition and the Phipps
Acquisition are reflected using the purchase method of accounting for business
combinations. The pro forma financial information is provided for comparative
purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the results that actually
would have been obtained if the events set forth above had been effected on the
dates indicated or of those results that may be obtained in the future. The pro
forma financial statements are based on preliminary estimates of values and
transaction costs. The actual recording of the transactions will be based on
final appraisals, values and transaction costs. Accordingly, the actual
recording of the transactions can be expected to differ from these pro forma
financial statements.
23
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
------------------ ADJUSTMENTS
AUGUSTA FOR AUGUSTA PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
COMPANY BUSINESS ACQUISITION COMPANY OFFERING COMPANY KTVE SALE(9)
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commissions) $36,750 $8,660 $ 228(1) $45,638 $ -- $45,638 $(4,188)
Publishing 21,866 -- -- 21,866 -- 21,866 --
Paging -- -- -- -- -- -- --
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Total revenues 58,616 8,660 228 67,504 -- 67,504 (4,188)
Expenses:
Broadcasting 23,202 5,774 228(1) 29,204 -- 29,204 (3,313)
Publishing 20,016 -- -- 20,016 -- 20,016 --
Paging -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Corporate and administrative 2,258 -- -- 2,258 -- 2,258 --
Depreciation 2,633 272 (52)(2) 2,853 -- 2,853 (438)
Amortization of intangible assets 1,326 152 769(3) 2,247 -- 2,247 --
Non-cash compensation paid in common stock 2,321 -- -- 2,321 -- 2,321 --
Management fee -- -- -- -- -- -- --
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Total expenses 51,756 6,198 945 58,899 -- 58,899 (3,751)
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Operating income 6,860 2,462 (717) 8,605 -- 8,605 (437)
Miscellaneous income (expense), net 143 (220) 128(4) 51 -- 51 (27)
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Income before interest expense, minority
interests and income taxes 7,003 2,242 (589) 8,656 -- 8,656 (464)
Interest expense 5,438 -- 3,355(5) 8,793 (5,468)(7) 3,325 --
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Income (loss) before minority interests and
income taxes 1,565 2,242 (3,944) (137) 5,468 5,331 (464)
Minority interests -- -- -- -- -- -- --
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes 1,565 2,242 (3,944) (137) 5,468 5,331 (464)
Income tax expense (benefit) 634 -- (675) (6) (41) 2,180(6) 2,139 (185)
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Net income (loss) 931 2,242 (3,269) (96) 3,288 3,192 (279)
Preferred stock dividends -- -- -- -- 1,400(8) 1,400 --
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Net income (loss) available to common
stockholders $ 931 $2,242 $(3,269) $ (96) $ 1,888 $ 1,792 $ (279)
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
-------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ----------- ------------
Average shares outstanding (000s) (18) 4,481 4,354 7,981
-------- --------- -----------
-------- --------- -----------
Earnings (loss) per share (19) $ 0.21 $ (0.02) $ 0.22
-------- --------- -----------
-------- --------- -----------
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA PHIPPS PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
COMPANY BUSINESS ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED(20)
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commissions) $41,450 $22,424 $ -- $ 63,874
Publishing 21,866 -- -- 21,866
Paging -- 4,897 -- 4,897
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues 63,316 27,321 -- 90,637
Expenses:
Broadcasting 25,891 10,487 220(10) 37,177
579(11)
Publishing 20,016 -- -- 20,016
Paging -- 3,052 -- 3,052
Corporate and administrative 2,258 -- -- 2,258
Depreciation 2,415 2,385 (625)(12) 4,175
Amortization of intangible assets 2,247 735 3,515(13) 6,497
Non-cash compensation paid in common stock 2,321 -- -- 2,321
Management fee -- 3,280 (3,280)(14) --
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Total expenses 55,148 19,939 409 75,496
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Operating income 8,168 7,382 (409) 15,141
Miscellaneous income (expense), net 24 12 -- 36
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Income before interest expense, minority
interests and income taxes 8,192 7,394 (409) 15,177
Interest expense 3,325 499 (499)(15) 21,131
17,806(16)
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before minority interests and
income taxes 4,867 6,895 (17,716) (5,954)
Minority interests -- 547 (547)(17) --
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes 4,867 6,348 (17,169) (5,954)
Income tax expense (benefit) 1,954 -- (3,972)(6) (2,018)
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) 2,913 6,348 (13,197) (3,936)
Preferred stock dividends 1,400 -- -- 1,400
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) available to common
stockholders $ 1,513 $ 6,348 $(13,197) $ (5,336)
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
--------- -------- ----------- -----------
Average shares outstanding (000s) (18) 7,981 7,854
--------- -----------
--------- -----------
Earnings (loss) per share (19) $ 0.19 $ (0.68)
--------- -----------
--------- -----------
</TABLE>
24
<PAGE>
The pro forma adjustments to reflect the Augusta Acquisition, this Offering,
the KTVE Sale, the Phipps Acquisition, the Financing and the Concurrent Offering
are as follows:
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS -- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
1. Reflects the classification of national sales representative commissions as
an expense consistent with the presentation by the Company.
2. Reflects decreased annual depreciation resulting from the change in asset
lives in connection with the preliminary allocation of the Augusta
Acquisition purchase price to the newly acquired property and equipment, at
fair market value.
3. Reflects annual amortization of $107,000 on the Augusta Business' financing
costs over a seven-year period. Also reflects the annual amortization of
$813,000 on the intangible assets associated with the Augusta Acquisition
over a 40-year period.
4. Reflects the elimination of the corporate allocation to the Augusta
Business by its previous owner which will not be incurred by the Company.
5. Reflects increased annual interest expense of $155,000 due to an interest
rate adjustment on the Senior Note; increased annual interest expense of
$2.4 million on the Senior Credit Facility at LIBOR plus 3.5%, based on an
increase in the debt level subsequent to the Augusta Acquisition; and
annual interest expense of $800,000 on the 8% Note. Three month LIBOR on
January 4, 1996 was approximately 5.625%.
6. Reflects the adjustment of the income tax provision to the estimated
effective tax rate.
7. Reflects decreased annual interest expense of $4.7 million on the Senior
Credit Facility resulting from payment from the proceeds of this Offering
of $52.1 million in principal, bearing interest at an estimated interest
rate of 8.96% per annum. Also reflects a reduction of annual interest
expense of $800,000 on the 8% Note which will be converted to Series A
Preferred Stock.
8. Reflects annual dividends on the Company's Series A and Series B Preferred
Stock.
9. Reflects the elimination of the results of operations of KTVE. The pro
forma adjustments exclude an estimated gain of $5.4 million (net of
estimated income taxes of $2.8 million) from the KTVE Sale.
10. Reflects additional accounting and administrative expenses associated with
the Phipps Business.
11. Reflects increased pension expense for the Phipps Business subsequent to
the Phipps Acquisition. Historical pension expense for the Phipps Business
was a credit of $449,000 while pension expense for these operations
subsequent to the Phipps Acquisition is expected to be an expense of
approximately $130,000.
12. Reflects decreased annual depreciation resulting from the change in asset
lives in connection with the newly acquired property and equipment (at fair
market value) of the Phipps Acquisition.
13. Reflects annual amortization of intangible assets associated with the
Phipps Acquisition over a 40-year period.
14. Reflects elimination of the corporate allocation to the Phipps Business.
Such amounts will not be incurred by the Company in connection with its
operations of the Phipps Business.
15. Reflects the elimination of interest expense associated with borrowings of
the Phipps Business which will not be assumed by the Company.
16. Reflects increased annual interest expense of $16.3 million on the Notes,
which includes annual amortization expense of $525,000 resulting from the
transaction costs relating to the issuance of the Notes, increased annual
interest expense of $1.2 million relating to additional borrowings under
the Senior Credit Facility at an estimated interest rate of 8.96% plus
amortization of additional deferred financing costs of $214,000, and
increased annual interest expense of $125,000 due to an interest rate
adjustment from 10.7% to 11.2% on the Senior Note.
17. Reflects the elimination of minority interests associated with the Phipps
Business, because such minority interests will be acquired as part of of
the Phipps Acquisition.
18. Average outstanding shares used to calculate pro forma earnings (loss) per
share are based on weighted average common shares outstanding during the
period, adjusted for this Offering.
19. If the issuance of Class B Common Stock and retirement of $52.1 million in
debt under the Senior Credit Facility had taken place at the beginning of
1995, pro forma net income (1995 historical earnings adjusted for interest
expense in connection with the payment under the Senior Credit Facility,
net of income tax) would have been $3.0 million, or $0.38 per share.
20. In connection with the Phipps Acquisition, the Company is seeking FCC
approval of the assignment of the television broadcast licenses for WCTV
and WKXT. Current FCC regulations will require the Company to divest its
ownership interest in WALB and WJHG. In order to satisfy applicable FCC
requirements, the Company, subject to FCC approval, intends to swap such
assets for assets of one or more television stations of comparable value
and with comparable broadcast cash flow in a transaction qualifying for
deferred capital gains treatment under the "like-kind exchange" provision
of Section 1033 of the Code. If the Company is unable to effect such a swap
on satisfactory terms within the time period granted by the FCC, the
Company may transfer such assets to a trust with a view towards the trustee
effecting a swap or sale of such assets. Any such trust arrangement would
be subject to the approval of the FCC. See "Risk Factors--FCC Divestiture
Requirement" and "Business--Federal Regulation of the Company's Business."
Condensed income statement data of WALB and WJHG are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
--------------------------------
WALB WJHG
--------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Broadcasting revenues................................................ $ 9,445 $ 3,843
Expenses............................................................. 4,650 3,573
------- -------
Operating income..................................................... 4,795 270
Other income......................................................... 15 60
------- -------
Income before income taxes........................................... 4,810 330
------- -------
Net income........................................................... $ 2,984 $ 205
------- -------
------- -------
Media Cash Flow...................................................... $ 5,103 $ 549
------- -------
------- -------
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
------------------- ADJUSTMENTS
AUGUSTA FOR AUGUSTA PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
COMPANY BUSINESS ACQUISITION COMPANY OFFERING COMPANY KTVE SALE(7)
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Cash $ 560 $ 334 $ (334)(1) $ 560 $ 18,950(5) $ 19,510 $ 9,500
Trade accounts receivable 9,560 1,748 -- 11,308 -- 11,308 --
Recoverable income taxes 1,347 -- -- 1,347 -- 1,347 (1,347)
Inventories 553 -- -- 553 -- 553 --
Current portion of
program broadcast rights 1,153 924 (260)(2) 1,817 -- 1,817 (204)
Prepaid expenses and
other current assets 264 55 -- 319 -- 319 (33)
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
Total current assets 13,437 3,061 (594) 15,904 18,950 34,854 7,916
Property and
equipment-net 17,017 1,778 402(1) 19,197 -- 19,197 (1,748)
Other assets
Deferred acquisition
costs 3,330 -- (1,500)(1) 454 -- 454 --
(1,376)(3)
Deferred loan costs 1,232 -- 751(3) 1,983 -- 1,983 --
Goodwill and other
intangibles 42,004 4,129 27,652(1) 74,410 -- 74,410 (2,322)
625(3)
Other 1,220 2,571 (2,518)(2) 1,273 -- 1,273 (17)
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
Total other assets 47,786 6,700 23,634 78,120 -- 78,120 (2,339)
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
Total assets $78,240 $11,539 $ 23,442 $113,221 $ 18,950 $132,171 $ 3,829
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Trade accounts payable $ 3,753 $ 233 $ (233)(1) $ 3,753 $ -- $ 3,753 $ --
Employee compensation and
benefits 4,213 -- -- 4,213 -- 4,213 --
Accrued expenses 561 -- 452(1) 1,013 -- 1,013 --
Accrued interest 1,064 -- -- 1,064 -- 1,064 --
Income taxes payable -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,461
Current portion of
broadcast program
obligations 1,205 898 (260)(2) 1,843 -- 1,843 (205)
Deferred paging service
income -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Current portion of
long-term debt 2,862 -- -- 2,862 -- 2,862 --
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
Total current liabilities 13,658 1,131 (41) 14,748 -- 14,748 1,256
Long-term debt 51,463 -- 33,728(4) 85,191 (10,000)(5) 23,091 --
(52,100)(6)
Deferred credits 4,133 2,681 (2,518)(2) 4,296 -- 4,296 (3)
Minority interests -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Stockholders' equity
Series A Preferred Stock -- -- -- -- 10,000(5) 10,000 --
Series B Preferred Stock -- -- -- -- 10,000(5) 10,000 --
Class A Common Stock, no
par value 6,796 -- -- 6,796 -- 6,796 --
Class B Common Stock, no
par value -- -- -- -- 61,050(5) 61,050 --
Retained earnings 8,828 -- -- 8,828 -- 8,828 2,576
Net equity of acquired
operations -- 7,727 (7,727)(1) -- -- -- --
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
15,624 7,727 (7,727) 15,624 81,050 96,674 2,576
Treasury stock (6,638) -- -- (6,638) -- (6,638) --
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
8,986 7,727 (7,727) 8,986 81,050 90,036 2,576
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity $78,240 $11,539 $ 23,442 $113,221 $ 18,950 $132,171 $ 3,829
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
-------- -------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -------------
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA PHIPPS PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
COMPANY BUSINESS ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED (12)
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Cash $ 29,010 $ 620 $(185,000)(8) $ 560
144,750(10)
11,800(11)
(620)(9)
Trade accounts receivable 11,308 5,153 -- 16,461
Recoverable income taxes -- -- -- --
Inventories 553 -- -- 553
Current portion of
program broadcast rights 1,613 919 -- 2,532
Prepaid expenses and
other current assets 286 348 (348)(9) 286
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
Total current assets 42,770 7,040 (29,418) 20,392
Property and
equipment-net 17,449 10,493 -- 27,942
Other assets
Deferred acquisition
costs 454 -- -- 454
Deferred loan costs 1,983 -- 5,250(10) 8,733
1,500(11)
Goodwill and other
intangibles 72,088 9,455 9,455(9) 242,048
169,960(8)
Other 1,256 575 -- 1,831
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
Total other assets 75,781 10,030 167,255 253,066
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
Total assets $136,000 $27,563 $ 137,837 $301,400
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Trade accounts payable $ 3,753 $ 366 $ (366)(9) $ 3,753
Employee compensation and
benefits 4,213 -- -- 4,213
Accrued expenses 1,013 907 (907)(9) 1,013
Accrued interest 1,064 -- -- 1,064
Income taxes payable 1,461 -- -- 1,461
Current portion of
broadcast program
obligations 1,638 922 -- 2,560
Deferred paging service
income -- 833 -- 833
Current portion of
long-term debt 2,862 1,390 (1,390)(9) 2,862
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
Total current liabilities 16,004 4,418 (2,663)(1) 17,759
Long-term debt 23,091 3,420 (3,420)(9) 186,391
13,300(11)
150,000(10)
Deferred credits 4,293 345 -- 4,638
Minority interests -- 586 (586)(9) --
Stockholders' equity
Series A Preferred Stock 10,000 -- -- 10,000
Series B Preferred Stock 10,000 -- -- 10,000
Class A Common Stock, no
par value 6,796 -- -- 6,796
Class B Common Stock, no
par value 61,050 -- -- 61,050
Retained earnings 11,404 -- -- 11,404
Net equity of acquired
operations -- 18,794 (18,794)(8) --
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
99,250 18,794 (18,794) 99,250
Treasury stock (6,638) -- -- (6,638)
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
92,612 18,794 (18,794) 92,612
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity $136,000 $27,563 $ 137,837 $301,400
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
--------- -------- -------------- --------------
</TABLE>
26
<PAGE>
The pro forma adjustments to reflect the Augusta Acquisition, this Offering, the
KTVE Sale, the Phipps Acquisition, the Financing and the Concurrent Offering are
as follows:
BALANCE SHEET - DECEMBER 31, 1995
1. Reflects the Augusta Acquisition, including a $1.5 million deposit which
was recorded as a deferred acquisition cost by the Company at December 31,
1995. Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, cash balances were retained by
the seller and certain accounts payable were paid prior to closing. The
Company has recorded a preliminary allocation of the purchase price of
$35.9 million to the tangible assets and liabilities based upon estimates
of fair market value at January 4, 1996 as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Trade accounts receivable........................................................................... $ 1,748
Current portion of program broadcast rights......................................................... 924
Prepaid expenses and other current assets........................................................... 55
Property and equipment.............................................................................. 2,180
Goodwill and other intangibles...................................................................... 32,406
Other............................................................................................... 2,571
Accrued expenses.................................................................................... (452)
Current portion of program broadcast obligations.................................................... (898)
Deferred credits.................................................................................... (2,681)
Purchase price of the Augusta Business including expenses........................................... $ 35,853
----------
----------
Historical book value of the Augusta Business....................................................... $ (7,727)
Assets not acquired and liabilities not assumed-net................................................. 4,280
----------
Net assets acquired................................................................................. (3,447)
Purchase price of Augusta Business.................................................................. 35,853
----------
Goodwill and other intangibles...................................................................... $ 32,406
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The excess of purchase price over amounts allocated to the net tangible
assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a 40-year period.
Also reflects the elimination of assets of the Augusta Business which were
not purchased by the Company.
2. Reflects an adjustment in accounting method for recording film exhibition
rights and liabilities to conform to the Company's accounting method.
3. Reflects purchase costs and financing fees and expenses associated with the
Augusta Acquisition which were previously treated as deferred acquisition
costs.
4. Reflects the sale of the 8% Note and additional borrowings of $23.7 million
under the Senior Credit Facility.
5. Reflects the issuance net of fees and expenses of (i) approximately
3,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock at an estimated $19 per share
pursuant to this Offering, (ii) Series A Preferred Stock in exchange for
the 8% Note and (iii) $10 million of Series B Preferred Stock to certain
affiliates of the Company.
6. Reflects a repayment of $52.1 million on the Senior Credit Facility from
funds available subsequent to this Offering.
7. Reflects the proposed KTVE Sale for $9.5 million plus the amount of the
accounts receivable on the date of the closing. The transaction is subject
to regulatory approval and is expected to close by September 1996. See
"Risk Factors -- Possible Non-Consummation of the KTVE Sale."
8. Reflects the purchase of the Phipps Business and a preliminary allocation
of the purchase price of $185.0 million to the tangible assets and
liabilities based upon estimates of fair market value at December 31, 1995
as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Trade accounts receivable.......................................................................... $ 5,153
Current portion of program broadcast rights........................................................ 919
Property and equipment............................................................................. 10,493
Goodwill and other intangibles..................................................................... 169,960
Other.............................................................................................. 575
Current portion of broadcast program obligations................................................... (922)
Deferred paging service income..................................................................... (833)
Deferred credits................................................................................... (345)
-----------
Purchase price of Phipps Business including expenses............................................... $ 185,000
-----------
-----------
Historical book value of Phipps Business........................................................... $ (18,794)
Assets not acquired and liabilities not assumed-net................................................ 3,754
-----------
Net assets acquired................................................................................ (15,040)
Purchase price of Phipps Business.................................................................. 185,000
-----------
Goodwill and other intangibles..................................................................... $ 169,960
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
The excess of purchase price over amounts allocated to net tangible assets
will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a 40-year period. The
allocation of the purchase price is subject to adjustment based upon the
results of pending appraisals.
9. Reflects the elimination of certain of the assets and liabilities of the
Phipps Business, which were not included in the Phipps Acquisition.
10. Reflects the issuance of the Notes pursuant to the Concurrent Offering and
fees and expenses associated with the Concurrent Offering.
11. Reflects borrowings of $13.3 million under the Senior Credit Facility in
order to complete the Phipps Acquisition and estimated expenses of $1.5
million in connection with the contemplated amendment to the Senior Credit
Facility. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- Senior Credit
Facility"
12. In connection with the Phipps Acquisition, the Company is seeking FCC
approval of the assignment of the television broadcast licenses for WCTV
and WKXT. Current FCC regulations will require the Company to divest its
ownership interest in WALB and WJHG. In order to satisfy applicable FCC
requirements, the Company, subject to FCC approval, intends to swap such
assets for assets of one or
27
<PAGE>
more television stations of comparable value and with comparable broadcast
cash flow in a transaction qualifying for deferred capital gains treatment
under the "like-kind exchange" provision of Section 1033 of the Code. If
the Company is unable to effect such a swap on satisfactory terms within
the time period granted by the FCC, the Company may transfer such assets to
a trust with a view towards the trustee effecting a swap or sale of such
assets. Any such trust arrangement would be subject to the approval of the
FCC. See "Risk Factors -- FCC Divestiture Requirement" and
"Business--Federal Regulation of the Company's Business."
Condensed balance sheets of WALB and WJHG are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
--------------------------------
WALB WJHG
--------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Current assets..................................................................... $ 1,996 $ 822
Property and equipment............................................................. 1,806 973
Other assets....................................................................... 67 3
--------------- ---------------
Total assets....................................................................... $ 3,869 $ 1,798
--------------- ---------------
--------------- ---------------
Current liabilities................................................................ $ 985 $ 447
Other liabilities.................................................................. 227 --
Stockholders' equity............................................................... 2,657 1,351
--------------- ---------------
Total liabilities and stockholders equity.......................................... $ 3,869 $ 1,798
--------------- ---------------
--------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
28
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIO AND PER SHARE DATA)
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY
Set forth below are certain selected historical consolidated financial data
of the Company. This information should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements of the Company and related notes thereto
appearing elsewhere herein and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Results of Operations of the
Company." The selected consolidated financial data for, and as of the end of,
each of the years in the four-year period ended December 31, 1995 are derived
from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The selected
consolidated financial data for, and as of the year ended December 31, 1991 are
derived from unaudited financial statements, since the Company had a June 30
fiscal year end.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commissions).................... $ 13,553 $ 15,131 $ 15,004 $ 22,826 $ 36,750
Publishing................................................ 8,968 9,512 10,109 13,692 21,866
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues.............................................. 22,521 24,643 25,113 36,518 58,616
Expenses:
Broadcasting.............................................. 9,672 9,753 10,029 14,864 23,202
Publishing................................................ 6,444 6,752 7,662 11,198 20,016
Corporate and administrative.............................. 1,889 2,627 2,326 1,959 2,258
Depreciation.............................................. 1,487 1,197 1,388 1,745 2,633
Amortization of intangible assets......................... 14 44 177 396 1,326
Non-cash compensation paid in common stock................ -- -- -- 80 2,321
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total expenses.............................................. 19,506 20,373 21,582 30,242 51,756
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income............................................ 3,015 4,270 3,531 6,276 6,860
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Miscellaneous income (expense), net......................... 778 (1,519) 202 189 143
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations before interest expense
and income taxes........................................... 3,793 2,751 3,733 6,465 7,003
Interest expense............................................ 787 1,486 985 1,923 5,438
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes....... 3,006 1,265 2,748 4,542 1,565
Federal and state income taxes.............................. 1,156 869 1,068 1,776 634
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations........................... 1,850 396 1,680 2,766 931
Discontinued business:
Income (loss) from operations of discontinued business,
net of applicable income tax expense (benefit) of ($55),
($79) and $30, respectively.............................. (90) (129) 48 -- --
Gain on disposal of discontinued business, net of
applicable income tax expense of $501.................... -- -- 818 -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income.................................................. $ 1,760 $ 267 $ 2,546 $ 2,766 $ 931
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Average outstanding common shares (000s).................... 6,469 4,668 4,611 4,689 4,481
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations per common share.......... $ 0.29 $ 0.09 $ 0.36 $ 0.39 $ 0.21
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash dividends per common share............................. $ 0.05 $ 0.07 $ 0.07 $ 0.07 $ 0.08
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital........................................... $ 6,740 $ 2,976 $ 2,579 $ 1,075 $ (221)
Total assets.............................................. 31,548 24,173 21,372 68,789 78,240
Total debt................................................ 20,378 12,412 7,759 52,940 54,325
Total stockholders' equity................................ 5,853 4,850 7,118 5,001 8,986
OTHER DATA:
Media Cash Flow (1)......................................... $ 6,405 $ 8,079 $ 7,371 $ 10,522 $ 15,559
Operating cash flow (2)..................................... 4,516 5,452 5,044 8,567 13,309
EBITDA (3).................................................. 4,516 5,512 5,095 8,498 13,140
Capital expenditures........................................ 2,235 2,216 2,582 1,768 3,280
Ratio of Media Cash Flow to interest expense................ 8.1 5.4 7.5 5.5 2.9
Ratio of operating cash flow to interest expense............ 5.7 3.7 5.1 4.5 2.4
Ratio of total debt to Media Cash Flow...................... 3.2 1.5 1.1 5.0 3.5
Ratio of total debt to operating cash flow.................. 4.5 2.3 1.5 6.2 4.1
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)...................... 4.7 1.8 3.4 3.1 1.3
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Media Cash Flow represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization (including amortization of program license rights), non-cash
compensation and corporate overhead, less payments of program license
liabilities.
(2) Operating cash flow represents operating income plus depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of program license rights) and non-
cash compensation, less payments for program license liabilities.
(3) EBITDA represents operating income plus (i) depreciation and amortization
(excluding amortization of program license rights) and (ii) non-cash
compensation paid in common stock (excluding stock payments made to the
401(k) plan). EBITDA is presented not as a measure of operating results,
but rather to provide additional information related to the Company's
ability to service debt. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative
to either (x) operating income determined in accordance with GAAP as an
indicator of operating performance or (y) cash flows from operating
activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of liquidity.
(4) For purposes of this item, "fixed charges" represent interest, the interest
element of rental expense, capitalized interest and amortization of debt
issuance costs and "earnings" represent net income (loss) before income
taxes, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles and fixed charges.
29
<PAGE>
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA OF THE PHIPPS BUSINESS
Set forth below are certain selected historical financial data of the Phipps
Business. This information should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements of the Phipps Business and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere
herein and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Results of Operations of the Phipps Business." The
selected historical financial data for, and as of the end of, each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995 are derived from the audited
financial statements of the Phipps Business. The selected financial data for,
and as of the end of, each of the years ended December 31, 1991 and 1992 are
derived from the unaudited accounting records of the Phipps Business.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------------------------
1991 1992(1) 1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commissions).................... $ 10,492 $ 14,523 $ 19,460 $ 21,524 $ 22,424
Paging.................................................... 3,369 3,646 3,788 4,277 4,897
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues.............................................. 13,861 18,169 23,248 25,801 27,321
Expenses:
Broadcasting.............................................. 5,298 7,518 10,734 10,211 10,487
Paging.................................................... 2,356 2,298 2,529 2,764 3,052
Management fees........................................... 579 973 2,462 2,486 3,280
Depreciation and amortization............................. 1,513 1,734 2,836 2,672 3,120
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total expenses.............................................. 9,746 12,523 18,561 18,133 19,939
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income............................................ 4,115 5,646 4,687 7,668 7,382
Miscellaneous income (expense), net......................... 5 8 16 666 12
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income before interest expense and minority interests....... 4,120 5,654 4,703 8,334 7,394
Interest expense............................................ 162 442 632 480 499
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income before minority interests............................ 3,958 5,212 4,071 7,854 6,895
Minority interests.......................................... -- 331 140 635 547
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income................................................ $ 3,958 $ 4,881 $ 3,931 $ 7,219 $ 6,348
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Supplemental unaudited pro forma information: (2)
Net income, as above...................................... 3,958 4,881 3,931 7,219 6,348
Pro forma provision for income tax expense................ 1,504 1,855 1,500 2,743 2,413
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Pro forma net income........................................ $ 2,454 $ 3,026 $ 2,431 $ 4,476 $ 3,935
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital............................................. $ 595 $ 615 $ 1,127 $ 1,421 $ 2,622
Total assets................................................ 8,931 25,068 25,074 25,298 27,563
Total debt.................................................. 1,388 7,697 6,542 6,065 4,810
Minority interests.......................................... -- 1,154 824 728 586
Owner's equity.............................................. 6,351 13,276 14,306 15,465 18,794
OTHER DATA:
Media Cash Flow (3)......................................... $ 6,207 $ 7,968 $ 10,466 $ 12,983 $ 13,696
Operating cash flow (4)..................................... 5,628 6,994 8,003 10,498 10,416
EBITDA (5).................................................. 5,627 7,380 7,523 10,340 10,502
Capital expenditures........................................ 1,009 2,258 3,538 3,353 3,188
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes the acquisition of a majority interest in WKXT in July 1992, which
was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.
(2) John H. Phipps, Inc. and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income
tax return and separate state tax returns. Income tax expense for the Phipps
Business is not presented in the financial statements as such amounts are
computed and paid by John H. Phipps, Inc. Pro forma federal and state income
taxes for the Phipps Business are calculated on a pro forma, separate return
basis.
(3) Media Cash Flow represents operating income plus depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of program license rights) and corporate overhead
less payments of program license liabilities.
(4) Operating cash flow represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization (including amortization of program license rights) less
payments for program license liabilities.
(5) EBITDA represents operating income plus depreciation and amortization
(excluding amortization of program license rights). EBITDA is presented not
as a measure of operating results, but rather to provide additional
information related to the Company's ability to service debt. EBITDA should
not be considered as an alternative to either (x) operating income
determined in accordance with GAAP as an indicator of operating performance
or (y) cash flows from operating activities (determined in accordance with
GAAP) as a measure of liquidity.
30
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY
INTRODUCTION
The following analysis of the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The Company derives its revenues from its television broadcasting and
publishing operations. As a result of the Kentucky Acquisition (as defined) in
1994, the proportion of the Company's revenues derived from television
broadcasting has increased and this proportion will continue to increase as a
result of the Augusta Acquisition, which was completed in January 1996, and the
Phipps Acquisition, which is expected to occur by September 1996. As a result of
the higher operating margins associated with the Company's television
broadcasting operations, the profit contribution of these operations as a
percentage of revenues, has exceeded, and is expected to continue to exceed, the
profit contribution of the Company's publishing operations. Set forth below, for
the periods indicated, is certain information concerning the relative
contributions of the Company's television broadcasting and publishing operations
(dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF
AMOUNT TOTAL AMOUNT TOTAL AMOUNT TOTAL
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TELEVISION BROADCASTING
Revenues $15,003.7 59.8% $22,826.4 62.5% $36,750.0 62.7%
Operating income (1) 4,070.6 66.9 6,556.0 78.4 10,585.2 94.1
PUBLISHING
Revenues $10,109.4 40.2% $13,692.0 37.5% $21,866.2 37.3%
Operating income (1) 2,009.1 33.1 1,804.0 21.6 660.2 5.9
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes any allocation of corporate and administrative expenses.
TELEVISION BROADCASTING
Set forth below are the principal types of broadcasting revenues earned by
the Company's television stations for the periods indicated and the percentage
contribution of each to total Company revenues (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF
TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
AMOUNT REVENUES AMOUNT REVENUES AMOUNT REVENUES
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net revenues:
Local $7,312.3 29.2% $12,191.4 33.4% $20,888.1 35.6%
National 6,102.8 24.3 7,804.4 21.4 10,881.1 18.6
Network compensation 1,286.1 5.1 1,297.5 3.5 2,486.8 4.2
Political 17.7 0.1 1,029.0 2.8 1,174.2 2.0
Production and other 284.8 1.1 504.1 1.4 1,319.8 2.3
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
$15,003.7 59.8% $22,826.4 62.5% $36,750.0 62.7%
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
31
<PAGE>
In the Company's broadcasting operations, broadcast advertising is sold for
placement either preceding or following a television stations' network
programming and within local and syndicated programming. Broadcast advertising
is sold in time increments and is priced primarily on the basis of a program's
popularity among the specific audience an advertiser desires to reach, as
measured by Nielsen. In addition, broadcast advertising rates are affected by
the number of advertisers competing for the available time, the size and
demographic makeup of the market served by the station and the availability of
alternative advertising media in the market area. Broadcast advertising rates
are the highest during the most desirable viewing hours, with corresponding
reductions during other hours. The ratings of a local station affiliated with a
major network can be affected by ratings of network programming.
Most broadcast advertising contracts are short-term, and generally run only
for a few weeks. The Company estimates that approximately 56.5% of the annual
gross revenues of the Company's television stations for the year ended December
31, 1995 were generated from local advertising, which is sold by a station's
sales staff directly to local accounts, and the remainder represents national
advertising, which is sold by a station's national advertising sales
representative. The stations generally pay commissions to advertising agencies
on local, regional and national advertising and the stations also pay
commissions to the national sales representative on national advertising.
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the second and
fourth quarters of each year, due in part to increases in retail advertising in
the spring and in the period leading up to and including the holiday season. In
addition, broadcast advertising revenues are generally higher during even
numbered election years due to spending by political candidates, which spending
typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter.
The broadcasting operations' primary operating expenses are employee
compensation, related benefits and programming costs. In addition, the
broadcasting operations incur overhead expenses such as maintenance, supplies,
insurance, rent and utilities. A large portion of the operating expenses of the
broadcasting operations is fixed.
PUBLISHING
Set forth below are the principal types of publishing revenues earned by the
Company's publishing operations for the periods indicated and the percentage
contribution of each to total Company revenues (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF
TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
AMOUNT REVENUES AMOUNT REVENUES AMOUNT REVENUES
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Retail advertising $5,734.3 22.8% $7,460.3 20.4% $11,044.2 18.8%
Classified 2,336.5 9.3 3,174.2 8.7 5,323.8 9.1
Circulation 2,011.8 8.0 2,628.9 7.2 3,783.8 6.5
Other 26.8 0.1 428.6 1.2 1,714.4 2.9
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
$10,109.4 40.2% $13,692.0 37.5% $21,866.2 37.3%
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
In the Company's publishing operations, advertising contracts are generally
annual and primarily provide for a commitment as to the volume of advertising
purchased by a customer. The publishing operations' advertising revenues are
primarily generated from retail advertising. As with the broadcasting
operations, the publishing operations' revenues are generally highest in the
second and fourth quarters of each year.
The publishing operations' primary operating expenses are employee
compensation, related benefits and newsprint costs. In addition, publishing
operations incur overhead expenses such as maintenance, supplies, insurance,
rent and utilities. A large portion of the operating expenses of the publishing
operations is fixed, although the Company has experienced significant
variability in its newsprint costs in recent years.
32
<PAGE>
MEDIA CASH FLOW
The following table sets forth certain operating data for both the broadcast
and publishing operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
(dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating income $3,530.7 $6,276.4 $6,859.7
Add:
Amortization of program license rights 924.9 1,218.0 1,647.0
Depreciation and amortization 1,564.8 2,141.6 3,958.9
Corporate overhead 2,326.7 1,958.4 2,258.3
Non-cash compensation and contributions to the Company's 401(k)
plan,
paid in common stock - 109.5 2,612.2
Less:
Payments for program license liabilities (976.2) (1,181.6) (1,776.8)
---------- ---------- ----------
Media Cash Flow (1) $7,370.9 $10,522.3 $15,559.3
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Of Media Cash Flow, $4.9 million, $8.0 million and $13.6 million was
attributable to the Company's broadcasting operations in 1993, 1994 and
1995, respectively.
"Media Cash Flow" is defined as operating income from broadcast and
publishing operations (and includes paging with regard to the Phipps Business)
before income taxes and interest expense, plus depreciation and amortization
(including amortization of program license rights), non-cash compensation and
corporate overhead, less payments for program license liabilities. The Company
has included Media Cash Flow data because such data are commonly used as a
measure of performance for broadcast companies and are also used by investors to
measure a company's ability to service debt. Media Cash Flow is not, and should
not be used as, an indicator or alternative to operating income, net income or
cash flow as reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared
in accordance with GAAP.
ACQUISITIONS
Since 1994, the Company has completed several broadcasting and publishing
acquisitions. The operating results of the Company reflect significant increases
in substantially all line items between the years ended December 31, 1994 and
December 31, 1995. The principal reason for these increases is the acquisition
by the Company in September 1994 of WKYT and WYMT (together, the "Kentucky
Business") for $38.1 million and the assumption of $2.3 million of liabilities
(the "Kentucky Acquisition"). In addition, during 1994 the Company acquired THE
ROCKDALE CITIZEN for approximately $4.8 million (May 1994) and four shoppers for
approximately $1.5 million (October 1994) (collectively the "1994 Publishing
Acquisitions"), and during 1995 the Company acquired the GWINNETT DAILY POST for
approximately $3.7 million (January 1995) and three shoppers for an aggregate
purchase price of approximately $1.4 million (September 1995) (collectively the
"1995 Publishing Acquisitions"). The 1994 Publishing Acquisitions and the 1995
Publishing Acquisitions are collectively referred to as the "Publishing
Acquisitions."
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
REVENUES. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased
$22.1 million or 60.5% over the year ended December 31, 1994, from $36.5 million
to $58.6 million. This increase was attributable to (i) the effect of owning the
Kentucky Business for all of 1995 versus the last four months of 1994, (ii) the
Publishing Acquisitions and (iii) increases in total revenues of the Company
(excluding the Kentucky Business and the Publishing Acquisitions). The Kentucky
Acquisition and the Publishing Acquisitions accounted for $19.3 million or 87.3%
of the revenue increase.
Broadcast net revenues increased $13.9 million or 61.0% over the prior year,
from $22.8 million to $36.7 million. Revenues generated by the Kentucky
Acquisition accounted for $12.9 million or 92.8% of the increase. On a pro forma
basis, broadcast net revenues for the Kentucky Business for the year ended
December 31, 1995 increased $2.7 million or
33
<PAGE>
16.1% over the year ended December 31, 1994, from $16.6 million to $19.3
million. Broadcast net revenues, excluding the Kentucky Acquisition, increased
6.1% or $1.0 million over the prior year. Approximately $889,000 and $304,000 of
the $1.0 million increase in total broadcast net revenues, excluding the
Kentucky Acquisition, were due to higher local and national advertising
spending, respectively. Approximately $417,000 of the $1.0 million increase in
total broadcast net revenues, excluding the Kentucky Acquisition, is a result of
higher network compensation negotiated by the Company with CBS and NBC,
respectively. These increases were offset by a $617,000 decrease in political
advertising revenues associated with cyclical political activity.
Publishing revenues increased $8.2 million or 59.7% over the prior year,
from $13.7 million to $21.9 million. Approximately $6.4 million or 77.8% of the
increase was due to the Publishing Acquisitions. Publishing revenues, excluding
the Publishing Acquisitions, increased $1.8 million or 15.5% over the prior
year. Advertising and circulation revenue, excluding the Publishing
Acquisitions, comprised approximately $885,000 and $511,000, respectively, of
the revenue increase. This increase in circulation revenue can be attributed
primarily to price increases over the prior year. This increase in classified
advertising, excluding the Publishing Acquisitions, was primarily the result of
rate and linage increases. Approximately $417,000 of the revenue increase,
excluding the Publishing Acquisitions, was the result of higher special events
and commercial printing revenues.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1995
increased $21.5 million or 71.1% over the year ended December 31, 1994, from
$30.2 million to $51.7 million, primarily due to the Kentucky Acquisition and
the Publishing Acquisitions.
Broadcasting expenses increased $8.3 million or 56.1% over the prior year,
from $14.9 million to $23.2 million. The increase was attributable primarily to
the Kentucky Acquisition. On a pro forma basis, broadcast expenses for the
Kentucky Business for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased $1.5 million or
14.3% over the year ended December 31, 1994, from $10.7 million to $12.2
million. The increase in broadcast expenses for the Kentucky Business can be
attributed primarily to increased payroll related costs and sales commissions.
Broadcasting expenses, excluding the Kentucky Acquisition, remained relatively
constant primarily as a result of lower syndicated film programming costs offset
by higher payroll related costs.
Publishing expenses increased $8.8 million or 78.7% over the prior year,
from $11.2 million to $20.0 million. Approximately $7.1 million or 80.6% of the
increase was due to the Publishing Acquisitions. Publishing expenses, excluding
the Publishing Acquisitions, increased $1.7 million or 18.5%, primarily due to a
40% increase in newsprint cost, increased payroll related costs and product
delivery and promotion costs.
Corporate and administrative expenses increased $300,000 or 15.3% over the
prior year, from $2.0 million to $2.3 million. This increase was attributable
primarily to the amendment of an employment agreement with the Company's former
chief executive officer, which resulted in a $440,000 charge to expense.
Depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets
was $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, compared to $2.1 million
for the prior year, an increase of $1.8 million or 84.9%. This increase was
primarily the result of higher depreciation and amortization costs related to
the Kentucky Acquisition and the Publishing Acquisitions.
Non-cash compensation paid in Class A Common Stock resulted from the
Company's employment agreements with its current President and its former chief
executive officer. The current President's employment agreement provides him
with 122,034 shares of Class A Common Stock if his employment continues until
September 1999. The Company will recognize $1.2 million of compensation expense
for this award ratably over such five-year period. This agreement resulted in a
charge to expense of $240,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 as compared
to $80,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994. In addition, the Company
awarded 150,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, pursuant to the amended
employment agreement with its former chief executive officer, which resulted in
an expense of $2.1 million, all of which was recognized in 1995.
INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense increased $3.5 million or 182.8%, from
$1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $5.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995. This increase was attributable primarily to increased
levels of debt resulting from the financing of the Kentucky Acquisition and the
Publishing Acquisitions. The Company entered into a $25 million notional amount
five year interest rate swap agreement on June 2, 1995, to effectively convert a
portion of its floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis. Most of the Company's
outstanding debt under the Senior Credit
34
<PAGE>
Facility is subject to this interest rate swap. The Company recorded
approximately $34,000 of interest expense relative to the interest rate swap in
1995. The effective interest rate of the Senior Credit Facility and interest
rate swap at December 31, 1995 was approximately 8.64% and 9.10%, respectively.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
REVENUES. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 1994 increased
$11.4 million or 45.4% over the year ended December 31, 1993, from $25.1 million
to $36.5 million. Excluding the Kentucky Acquisition and the 1994 Publishing
Acquisitions, the increase was $3.1 million or 12.3%.
Broadcast net revenues increased $7.8 million or 52.1% over the prior year,
from $15.0 million to $22.8 million. Broadcast net revenues, excluding the
Kentucky Acquisition, increased 9.8% or $1.5 million over the prior year. The
Kentucky Acquisition contributed $6.3 million to this increase. Excluding the
Kentucky Acquisition, approximately $921,000 of the $1.5 million increase was a
result of higher levels of political advertising spending due to cyclical
election activity in the Company's broadcast markets. Excluding the Kentucky
Acquisition, local and national advertising contributed an additional $668,000
to the revenue increase. These increases were offset by decreased network
compensation related to the preemption of network programming in favor of local
advertising.
Publishing revenues increased $3.6 million or 35.4% over the prior year,
from $10.1 million to $13.7 million. The 1994 Publishing Acquisitions
contributed $2.0 million to this increase. Publishing revenues, excluding the
1994 Publishing Acquisitions, increased $1.6 million over the prior year.
Advertising and circulation revenues comprised $833,000 and $436,000,
respectively, of the revenue increase. Special events and commercial printing
services accounted for $344,000 of the revenue increase.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1994
increased $8.7 million or 40.1% over the year ended December 31, 1993, from
$21.6 million to $30.3 million, attributable primarily to the Kentucky
Acquisition and the 1994 Publishing Acquisitions.
Broadcasting expenses increased $4.8 million or 48.2% over the prior year,
from $10.0 million to $14.8 million primarily due to the Kentucky Acquisition.
Broadcasting expenses, excluding the Kentucky Acquisition, increased
approximately $1.0 million, or 10.0%, over the prior year from $10.0 million to
$11.0 million. This increase was attributable to increased payroll related costs
associated with improvement of news programming, costs associated with coverage
of the 1994 flood in Albany, Georgia and other costs related to on-air product
upgrades at the stations.
Publishing expenses increased $3.5 million or 46.1% over the prior year,
from $7.7 million to $11.2 million primarily as a result of the 1994 Publishing
Acquisitions. Publishing expenses, excluding the 1994 Publishing Acquisitions,
increased approximately $1.6 million or 20.9% during the year ended December 31,
1994, as compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily attributable to
an 11.9% increase in newsprint usage, payroll related costs and other product
improvement costs associated with format changes and expanded market coverage of
THE ALBANY HERALD.
Corporate and administrative expenses decreased $368,000 or 15.8% during the
year ended December 31, 1994, from $2.3 million to $1.9 million. This decrease
can be attributed to lower professional fees and related expenses.
Depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets
was $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 compared to $1.6 million
for the prior year, an increase of $577,000 or 36.9%. This increase was due
principally from the depreciation and amortization expense related to the assets
acquired in the Kentucky Acquisition and 1994 Publishing Acquisitions.
INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense was $1.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1994 compared to $985,000 for the prior year, an increase of
$938,000 or 95.3%. This increase was due primarily to increased levels of debt
resulting from the financing of the Kentucky Acquisition and the 1994 Publishing
Acquisitions. At December 31, 1993 and 1994 the Company's outstanding debt was
$7.3 million and $52.9 million, respectively.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE PHIPPS BUSINESS
INTRODUCTION
The following analysis of the financial condition and results of operations
of the Phipps Business should be read in conjunction with the Phipps Business's
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
35
<PAGE>
The Phipps Business derives its revenues from its television broadcasting
operations which consist of two CBS-affiliated television stations serving
Tallahassee, Florida/Thomasville, Georgia and Knoxville, Tennessee, a satellite
broadcasting business based in Tallahassee, Florida and a paging business also
based in Tallahassee, Florida.
Set forth below, for the periods indicated, is certain information
concerning the relative contributions of the Phipps Business's broadcasting
(including satellite broadcasting) and paging operations (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
PERCENT PERCENT PERCENT
AMOUNT OF TOTAL AMOUNT OF TOTAL AMOUNT OF TOTAL
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TELEVISION BROADCASTING
Revenues $19,460.1 83.7% $21,524.3 83.4% $22,424.1 82.1%
Operating income (1) 6,636.4 92.8 9,297.9 91.6 9,635.3 90.4
PAGING
Revenues $3,787.9 16.3% $4,276.6 16.6% $4,897.5 17.9%
Operating income (1) 512.7 7.2 855.1 8.4 1,026.9 9.6
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes any allocation of corporate and administrative expenses.
TELEVISION BROADCASTING AND PAGING REVENUES
Set forth below are the principal types of broadcast net revenues earned by
the Phipps Business's television stations (including the satellite broadcasting
operation) for the periods indicated and the percentage contribution of each to
the Phipps Business's total revenues (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF
TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
REVENUES REVENUES REVENUES
OF PHIPPS OF PHIPPS OF PHIPPS
AMOUNT BUSINESS AMOUNT BUSINESS AMOUNT BUSINESS
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TELEVISION BROADCASTING
Net revenues:
Local $9,732.8 41.9% $10,412.2 40.4% $11,149.2 40.8%
National 7,057.2 30.4 7,217.0 27.9 7,844.9 28.7
Network compensation 1,164.6 5.0 1,433.2 5.6 1,740.1 6.4
Political 9.1 0.0 1,147.1 4.4 33.9 0.1
Production and other (1) 1,496.4 6.4 1,314.8 5.1 1,656.0 6.1
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$19,460.1 83.7% $21,524.3 83.4% $22,424.1 82.1%
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Includes satellite broadcasting business.
36
<PAGE>
Set forth below are the principal types of revenues earned by the Phipps
Business's paging operations for the periods indicated and the percentage
contribution of each to the Phipps Business's total revenues (dollars in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF
TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
REVENUES OF REVENUES OF REVENUES OF
PHIPPS PHIPPS PHIPPS
AMOUNT BUSINESS AMOUNT BUSINESS AMOUNT BUSINESS
---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PAGING
Net revenues:
Paging lease and service $3,741.6 16.1% $4,201.4 16.3% $5,004.9 18.3%
Other income (expense), net 46.3 0.2 75.2 0.3 (107.4) (.4)
---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
$3,787.9 16.3% $4,276.6 16.6% $4,897.5 17.9%
---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
</TABLE>
MEDIA CASH FLOW
The following table sets forth certain operating data for the broadcast and
paging operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 (dollars
in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating income $4,686.9 $7,667.6 $7,381.8
Add:
Amortization of program license rights 1,552.4 1,021.4 844.8
Depreciation and amortization 2,836.0 2,672.2 3,120.4
Corporate overhead 2,462.2 2,485.4 3,280.4
Less:
Payments for program license liabilities (1,072.0) (863.3) (931.0)
---------- ---------- ----------
Media Cash Flow (1) $10,465.5 $12,983.3 $13,696.4
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Of Media Cash Flow, $9.2 million, $11.5 million and $11.9 million was
attributable to the Phipps Business's broadcasting operations in 1993, 1994
and 1995, respectively.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
REVENUES. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased
$1.5 million or 5.9% over the year ended December 31, 1994, from $25.8 million
to $27.3 million. This increase was attributable to an improvement in local and
national advertising revenue in the broadcasting operations and the
implementation of a reseller program in the paging operations.
Broadcast net revenues increased $900,000 or 4.2% over the prior year, from
$21.5 million to $22.4 million. Approximately $737,000, $628,000, $307,000 and
$341,000 of the increase in total broadcast net revenues was due to higher local
advertising revenue, national advertising revenue, network compensation and
production revenues, respectively, offset by a $1.1 million decrease in
political advertising spending associated with cyclical political activity. In
addition, revenues generated from satellite broadcasting operations increased
due to additional equipment coming on line.
Net paging revenues increased $621,000 or 14.5% over the prior year, from
$4.3 million to $4.9 million. The increase was attributable primarily to higher
sales volume generated by a reseller program implemented during 1995.
37
<PAGE>
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1995
increased $1.8 million or 10.0% over the year ended December 31, 1994, from
$18.1 million to $19.9 million. The increase was attributable primarily to
higher payroll and related costs and sales expenses and commissions associated
with higher sales volumes, increased corporate overhead and depreciation and
amortization costs.
Broadcasting expenses increased $276,000 or 2.7% over the prior year, from
$10.2 million to $10.5 million. The increase was attributable primarily to
higher payroll and related costs offset by lower syndicated film programming
costs.
Paging expenses increased $288,000 or 10.4% over the prior year, from $2.8
million to $3.1 million. The increase was attributable primarily to higher
payroll, sales and operating costs associated with revenue growth.
Corporate and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 1995
increased $794,000 or 32.0% over the year ended December 31, 1994, from $2.5
million to $3.3 million. The increase was attributable to higher personnel costs
and overhead allocation.
Depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets
for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased $448,000 or 16.8% over the year
ended December 31, 1994, from $2.7 million to $3.1 million. This increase was
primarily the result of higher depreciation costs relating to property and
equipment purchases and higher amortization of intangible assets in connection
with the purchase of certain minority interests of WKXT in Knoxville, Tennessee.
INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense remained relatively unchanged from year
to year.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
REVENUES. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 1994 increased
$2.6 million or 11.0% over the year ended December 31, 1993, from $23.2 million
to $25.8 million. This increase was attributable to higher local, national and
political advertising as well as an increase in network compensation. In
addition, paging revenues increased as geographic coverage expanded.
Broadcast net revenues increased $2.1 million or 10.6% over the prior year,
from $19.5 million to $21.5 million. Approximately $679,000 and $160,000 of the
$2.1 million increase in total broadcast net revenues is due to higher local and
national advertising spending, respectively. Approximately $269,000 and $1.1
million of the $2.1 million increase is due to higher network compensation and
political advertising revenues associated with cyclical political activity,
respectively, offset by a $182,000 decrease in satellite broadcasting revenues.
Net paging revenues increased $489,000 or 12.9% over the prior year, from
$3.8 million to $4.3 million. The increase was attributable primarily to higher
sales volume due to increased geographical coverage.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1994
decreased $428,000 or 2.3% from the year ended December 31, 1993, from $18.6
million to $18.2 million. The decrease was attributable primarily to lower
syndicated programming costs, offset by slightly higher paging expenses due to
higher sales volume and lower depreciation and amortization.
Broadcasting expenses decreased $523,000 or 4.9% from the prior year, from
$10.7 million to $10.2 million. The decrease was attributable primarily to the
write-off of certain syndicated programming in 1993 that was not being utilized.
Paging expenses increased $235,000 or 9.3% over the prior year, from $2.5
million to $2.8 million. The increase was attributable primarily to costs
associated with higher sales volume.
Corporate and administrative expenses remained relatively unchanged from
year to year.
Depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets
for the year ended December 31, 1994 decreased $164,000 or 5.8% from the year
ended December 31, 1993, from $2.8 million to $2.7 million. This decrease was
primarily the result of the completion of depreciation for certain items of
equipment purchased in 1988.
INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1994
decreased $152,000 or 24.0% from the year ended December 31, 1993, from $632,000
to $480,000. This decrease was attributable primarily to lower levels of debt
associated with WKXT.
38
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Following the consummation of the KTVE Sale, the Phipps Acquisition, the
Financing, the Offering and the Concurrent Offering, the Company will be highly
leveraged. The Company anticipates that its principal uses of cash for the next
several years will be working capital and debt service requirements, cash
dividends, capital expenditures and expenditures related to additional
acquisitions. The Company anticipates that its operating cash flow, together
with borrowings available under the Senior Credit Facility, will be sufficient
for such purposes.
The Company's working capital (deficiency) was $1.1 million and $(221,000)
at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The working capital of the Phipps
Business was $1.4 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 1994 and 1995
respectively. The Company's cash provided from operations was $5.8 million and
$7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The
Phipps Business's cash provided from operations was $9.8 million and $9.3
million for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
The Company's cash used in investing activities was $42.8 million and $8.9
million in 1994 and 1995, respectively. The change of $(45.9) million from 1993
to 1994 was due primarily to the Kentucky Acquisition and the 1994 Publishing
Acquisitions. The change of $33.9 million from 1994 to 1995 was due primarily to
the Kentucky Acquisition and the 1994 Publishing Acquisitions, partially offset
by the 1995 Publishing Acquisitions and the deferred costs related to the
Augusta Acquisition. The Phipps Business's cash used in investing activities was
$2.5 million and $3.8 million in 1994 and 1995, respectively.
The Company used $4.9 million in cash in 1993, and was provided $37.2
million and $1.3 million in cash by financing activities in 1994 and 1995,
respectively. The use of cash in 1993 resulted primarily from the repayment of
debt while cash provided by financing activities in 1994 and 1995 was
principally due to increased borrowings in 1994 to finance the Kentucky
Acquisition and the 1994 Publishing Acquisitions, as well as increased
borrowings in 1995 to finance the 1995 Publishing Acquisitions and the funding
of the deposit for the Augusta Acquisition. Long-term debt was $54.3 million at
December 31, 1995. On January 4, 1996, the Company acquired the Augusta
Business. The cash consideration of approximately $35.9 million, including
acquisition costs of approximately $600,000, was financed primarily through
long-term borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility and through the sale of
the 8% Note to Bull Run. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Augusta
Business reported net revenues and broadcast cash flow of $8.7 million and $2.8
million, respectively. The Phipps Business used $7.2 million and $4.9 million in
cash for financing activities in 1994 and 1995, respectively.
In 1995, the Company made $3.3 million in capital expenditures, relating
primarily to the broadcasting operations and paid $1.8 million for program
broadcast rights. In 1995, the Phipps Business made $3.2 million in capital
expenditures, and paid $931,000 for program broadcast rights. The Company
anticipates making $3.0 million in capital expenditures and $2.7 million in
payments for program broadcast rights in 1996. Subsequent to the consummation of
the Phipps Acquisition, the Company anticipates that its annual capital
expenditures will approximate $5 million.
In addition to the consummation of the Phipps Acquisition, the Company
intends to implement the Financing to increase liquidity and improve operating
and financial flexibility. Pursuant to the Financing, the Company will (i) repay
approximately $38.8 million principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under
the Senior Credit Facility, together with accrued interest thereon and to amend
the terms therof, (ii) issue $10 million liquidation preference of its Series A
Preferred Stock in exchange for the 8% Note issued to Bull Run, (iii) issue an
affiliate $10 million liquidation preference of its Series B Preferred Stock
with warrants to purchase up to 500,000 shares representing approximately 11.3%
of the outstanding Class A Common Stock for cash proceeds of $10 million and
(iv) revise the terms of the Senior Note. See "The Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE
Sale and the Financing-The Financing."
The Senior Credit Facility is a $55.0 million line of credit available for
working capital requirements and general corporate purposes. The Senior Credit
Facility matures in March 2003 with increasing quarterly amortization, includes
certain customary financial covenants and bears interest at a rate of 3.5% over
39
<PAGE>
LIBOR, subject to adjustment based on the Company's leverage ratio. The Senior
Credit Facility also requires the Company to use its annual Excess Cash Flow (as
defined) to repay indebtedness thereunder at the end of each year. As of
December 31, 1995, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Augusta
Acquisition, the KTVE Sale, this Offering, the Phipps Acquisition, the Financing
and the Concurrent Offering, the Company would have been able to incur
approximately $41.7 million of additional indebtedness pursuant to the Senior
Credit Facility, none of which could have been borrowed thereunder due to the
covenant restrictions contained in the Senior Credit Facility. The Senior Credit
Facility is guaranteed by each of the Company's subsidiaries and is secured by
liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The Senior Credit Facility."
As part of the Financing and as a condition of the Concurrent Offering, the
Company will amend or replace the Senior Credit Facility and the Company is
currently engaged in negotiations with certain institutional lenders with
respect thereto.
The Senior Note provides for semi-annual principal payments of $2.5 million
beginning March 1999. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears and the
Senior Note, as amended on January 4, 1996, bears interest at 10.7% per annum.
The agreement pursuant to which the Senior Note was issued contains certain
restrictive provisions, which, among other things, limit capital expenditures
and additional indebtedness, and require minimum levels of net worth and cash
flows. As part of the Financing, the Company intends to amend the Senior Note to
increase the interest rate to 11.2% per annum and to amend certain covenants.
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The Senior Note."
The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent to sell KTVE for
approximately $9.5 million in cash plus the amount of the accounts receivable on
the date of the closing, which is expected to occur by September 1996. The
Company anticipates the taxes for the KTVE Sale will aggregate approximately
$2.8 million.
In connection with the Phipps Acquisition, the Company will be required to
divest WALB and WJHG under current FCC regulations. However, these rules may be
revised by the FCC upon conclusion of pending rulemaking proceedings. In order
to satisfy applicable FCC requirements, the Company, subject to FCC approval,
intends to swap such assets for assets of one or more television stations of
comparable value and with comparable broadcast cash flow in a transaction
qualifying for deferred capital gains treatment under the "like-kind exchange"
provision of Section 1033 of the Code. If the Company is unable to effect such a
swap on satisfactory terms within the time period granted by the FCC under the
waivers, the Company may transfer such assets to a trust with a view towards the
trustee effecting a swap or sale of such assets. Any such trust arrangement
would be subject to the approval of the FCC. It is anticipated that the Company
would be required to relinquish operating control of such assets to a trustee
while retaining the economic risks and benefits of ownership. If the Company or
such trust is required to effect a sale of WALB, the Company would incur a
significant gain and related tax liability, the payment of which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's ability to acquire comparable assets
without incurring additional indebtedness.
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax
return and such state or local tax returns as are required. On a pro forma basis
after giving effect to the Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale, this Offering,
the Financing, the Phipps Acquisition and the Concurrent Offering, the Company
anticipates that it will generate taxable operating losses for the foreseeable
future.
The Company does not believe that inflation in past years has had a
significant impact on the Company's results of operations nor is inflation
expected to have a significant effect upon the Company's business in the near
future.
40
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
The Company owns and operates seven network-affiliated television stations
in medium-size markets in the southeastern United States, six of which are
ranked number one in their respective markets. Five of the stations are
affiliated with CBS and two are affiliated with NBC. The Company also owns and
operates three daily newspapers, two shoppers and a paging business, all located
in the Southeast. The Company derives significant operating advantages and cost
saving synergies through the size of its television station group and the
regional focus of its television and publishing operations. These advantages and
synergies include (i) sharing television production facilities, equipment and
regionally oriented programming, (ii) the ability to purchase television
programming for the group as a whole, (iii) negotiating network affiliation
agreements on a group basis and (iv) purchasing newsprint and other supplies in
bulk. In addition, the Company believes that its regional focus can provide
advertisers with an efficient network through which to advertise in the
fast-growing Southeast.
In 1993, after the acquisition of a large block of Class A Common Stock by a
new investor, the Company implemented a strategy to foster growth through
strategic acquisitions. Since 1994, the Company's significant acquisitions have
included three television stations and two newspapers, all located in the
Southeast. As a result of the Company's acquisitions and in support of its
growth strategy, the Company has added certain key members of management and has
greatly expanded its operations in the television broadcasting and newspaper
publishing businesses.
In January 1996, the Company acquired WRDW serving Augusta, Georgia. In
December 1995, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire
two CBS-affiliated stations, WCTV serving Tallahassee, Florida/Thomasville,
Georgia and WKXT in Knoxville, Tennessee, a satellite broadcasting business and
a paging business. The Company believes that the Phipps Acquisition will further
enhance the Company's position as a major regional television broadcaster and is
highly attractive for a number of reasons, including (i) the stations' strategic
fit within the Southeast, (ii) WCTV's leading station market position and WKXT's
significant growth potential, (iii) strong station broadcast cash flows, (iv)
opportunities for revenue growth utilizing the Company's extensive management
expertise with medium-size stations and (v) opportunities for synergies between
WCTV and WKXT and the Company's existing stations with regard to revenue
enhancement and cost controls. The consummation of the Phipps Acquisition is
currently expected to occur by September 1996.
In March 1996, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent to
sell KTVE serving Monroe, Louisiana/El Dorado, Arkansas for approximately $9.5
million in cash plus the amount of the accounts receivable on the date of the
closing, which is expected to occur by September 1996.
For the year ended December 31, 1995, on a pro forma basis, the Company had
net revenues, Media Cash Flow and operating cash flow of $90.6 million, $30.3
million and $28.1 million, respectively, of which 70.5%, 87.9% and 94.9% were
broadcast related. Furthermore, net revenues, Media Cash Flow and operating cash
flow on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased 148.2%,
188.4% and 227.8%, respectively, from the historical amounts for the year ended
December 31, 1994.
41
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth certain information for each of the Company's
television stations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995
------------------------
PRO FORMA
IN-MARKET NET PERCENTAGE
STATION SHARE OF REVENUES OF COMPANY
NETWORK YEAR DMA CHANNEL/ RANK IN HOUSEHOLDS (IN NET
STATION AFFILIATION MARKET ACQUIRED RANK(1) FREQUENCY DMA VIEWING TV THOUSANDS) REVENUES(2)
- -------- ----------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------------- ------- ---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WKYT CBS Lexington, KY 1994 68 27/UHF(3) 1 33% $15,553 17.2%
WYMT CBS Hazard, KY 1994 68 57/UHF(3) 1(4) 24 3,721 4.1
WRDW CBS Augusta, GA 1996 111 12/VHF 1 36 8,888 9.8
WALB(5) NBC Albany, GA 1954 152 10/VHF 1 80 9,445 10.4
WJHG(5) NBC Panama City, FL 1960 159 7/VHF 1 53 3,843 4.3
PHIPPS ACQUISITION
WKXT CBS Knoxville, TN 62 8/VHF 3 22 9,269 10.2
WCTV CBS Tallahassee, FL/ 116 6/VHF 1 60 11,862 13.1
Thomasville, GA
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Ranking of DMA served by a station among all DMAs is measured by the number
of television households within the DMA based on the November 1995 Nielsen
estimates.
(2) Pro forma percentage of Company net revenues after giving effect to the
Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Phipps Acquisition.
(3) All stations in the market are UHF stations.
(4) The market area served by WYMT is an 18-county trading area, as defined by
Nielsen, and is included in the Lexington, Kentucky DMA. WYMT's station rank
is based upon its position in the 18-county trading area.
(5) The Company will be required to divest WALB and WJHG in connection with the
Phipps Acquisition under current FCC regulations. For a discussion of the
Company's plans, see "Risk Factors-FCC Divestiture Requirement" and "The
Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Financing."
The Company's three newspapers, THE ALBANY HERALD, THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN and
the GWINNETT DAILY POST and two shoppers had net revenues of $21.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and represented 24.1% of the Company's pro
forma net revenues for such year. The satellite broadcasting business and paging
business, which are part of the Phipps Business, represented 1.4% and 5.4%,
respectively, of the Company's pro forma net revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1995.
The following table sets forth certain information for each of the Company's
publications:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
-------------------------------
PRO FORMA
PERCENTAGE OF
PUBLISHED NET REVENUE COMPANY NET
PUBLICATION COVERAGE AREA CIRCULATION PER WEEK (IN THOUSANDS) REVENUES(1)
- -------------------------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
THE ALBANY HERALD 25 counties in 34,000 daily 7 $13,535 14.9%
Southwest Georgia 40,000 Sunday
THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN 2 counties in 10,000 5 3,854 4.3
Georgia (metro
Atlanta)
GWINNETT DAILY POST 1 county in Georgia 13,000 5 2,432 2.7
(metro Atlanta)
SOUTHWEST GEORGIA SHOPPERS 10 counties in 52,000 1 2,045 2.3
Southwest Georgia
and 10 counties in
North Florida
</TABLE>
42
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Pro forma percentage of total revenues of the Company after giving effect
to the Augusta Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Phipps Acquisition.
REGIONAL FOCUS
The Company's television stations and publications are all located in the
fast-growing southeastern United States. The Company believes that this regional
focus provides it with significant competitive advantages and has enabled it to
develop an expertise in serving medium-size southeastern markets. As a result of
its ownership of seven network-affiliated television stations in the Southeast,
the Company believes that there are opportunities to sell advertising to certain
sponsors on all or several of its stations as a single buy. Further, the
Company's ownership of multiple publications in several adjacent southeastern
communities provides an attractive and efficient channel through which to sell
local print advertising. The Company capitalizes on its regional presence by
transferring management personnel, equipment, programming and news content among
its stations and publications.
OPERATING STRATEGY
The Company has begun to introduce various operating strategies that have
been successfully implemented at WKYT in Lexington, Kentucky throughout its
station group. The Company's current President served as the general manager of
WKYT from 1989 to 1995 and developed and successfully implemented many of the
strategies being adopted at the Company's other stations. Set forth below are
the Company's operating strategies.
STRONG LOCAL PRESENCE. Each of the Company's television stations seeks to
achieve a distinct local identity principally through the depth and focus of its
local news programming and by targeting specific audience groups with special
programs and marketing events. Each station's local news franchise is the core
component of the Company's strategy to strengthen audience loyalty and increase
revenues and Media Cash Flow for each station. Strong local news generates high
viewership and results in higher ratings both for programs preceding and
following the news. All of the Company's stations that offer comprehensive local
news coverage are the dominant local broadcast news source. WKXT in Knoxville,
Tennessee currently does not offer significant local news coverage; the Company
intends to significantly expand the news broadcast at this station after the
consummation of the Phipps Acquisition.
Strong local news product also differentiates local broadcast stations from
cable system competitors, which generally do not provide this service. The cost
of producing local news programming generally is lower than other sources of
programming and the amount of such local news programming can be increased or
decreased on very short notice, providing the Company with greater programming
flexibility.
The Company believes that its strong commitment to local broadcasting is
integral to its ability to serve each of the communities in which it operates.
In each of its markets, the Company develops information-oriented programming
which expands the Company's hours of commercially valuable local programming
with relatively small increases in operating expenses. In addition, each station
utilizes special programming and marketing events, such as prime-time
programming of local interest or sponsored community events, to strengthen
community relations and increase advertising revenues. For example, certain of
the Company's stations offer state governor call-in shows, local medical shows
and cover local sporting events. The Company requires its senior staff to become
actively involved in community affairs in an effort to better understand the
issues in each community in which it operates.
A key component of the Company's publishing strategy is an emphasis on
strong local content in its publications. Consequently, the Company focuses on
local news, sports and lifestyle issues in order to foster reader loyalty with
the objective of raising circulation and advertising rates. The Company's
publications also sponsor community events such as bridal expositions with the
objective of strengthening community relationships and building advertising
revenues.
TARGETED MARKETING. The Company seeks to increase its advertising revenues
and Media Cash Flow by expanding existing relationships with local and national
advertisers and by attracting new advertisers through
43
<PAGE>
targeted marketing techniques and carefully tailored programming. The Company
works closely with advertisers to develop advertising campaigns that match
specifically targeted audience segments with the advertisers' overall marketing
strategies. With this information, the Company regularly refines its programming
mix among network, syndicated and locally-produced shows in a focused effort to
attract audiences with demographic characteristics desirable to advertisers.
The Company's success in increasing advertising revenues at both its
stations and publications is also attributable, in part, to the implementation
of training programs for its marketing consultants that focus on innovative
sales techniques, such as events marketing and demographic-specific projects,
that target specific advertisers. The Company trains its marketing consultants
to sell not only advertising spots, but also non-traditional advertising such as
billboards for sponsored sports events and weather forecasts within newscasts.
In addition, performance based compensation arrangements and performance
accountability systems have contributed to the Company's success in increasing
local advertising revenues. The Company has also benefitted from sharing ideas
and information for increasing advertising revenues among its station group and
publications. The Company's targeted marketing focus also includes the following
key elements:
- NON-TRADITIONAL REVENUE SOURCES. The Company uses its stations' and
publications' local promotional power in order to increase revenues from
non-traditional sources by sponsoring and staging various special events,
such as boat shows, fitness shows, bridal expositions and fishing
tournaments. The Company derives revenues through the promotion,
production and advertising sales generated by these events.
- VENDOR MARKETING. The Company engages in targeted vendor marketing whereby
it contacts major vendors that supply a particular store or retail chain,
and the management at a particular store or retail chain in order to
arrange for the vendors to purchase local television advertising. The
store or retail chain in turn agrees to purchase additional products from
the vendor and also benefits from the increased local television
advertising presence. As a result of this vendor marketing, the Company's
stations are able to sell advertising to promote a local retailer, which
the local retailer would not normally have purchased for itself.
COST CONTROLS. Through its strategic planning and annual budgeting
processes, the Company continually seeks to identify and implement cost savings
opportunities at each of its stations and publications in order to increase
Media Cash Flow. The Company closely monitors expenses incurred by each of its
stations and publications and continually reviews their performance and
productivity. Additionally, the Company seeks to minimize its use of outside
firms and consultants by relying on its in-house production and design
capability.
In order to further reduce costs, the Company capitalizes on its regional
focus through its ability to produce programming at one station which can be
used by many of the Company's other stations. Further, the size of the Company's
station group and its ownership of multiple publications gives it the ability to
negotiate favorable terms with programming syndicators, newsprint suppliers,
national sales representatives and other vendors. For example, the Company
recently entered into a new agreement with its national sales representative,
which significantly reduced the commissions payable by the Company for national
advertising. Due to the proximity of the Company's operations, the Company's
stations and publications share equipment, programming and management expertise.
In addition, each station and publication reduces its corporate overhead costs
by utilizing group benefits such as insurance and employee benefit plans
provided by the Company.
ACQUISITION STRATEGY
The Company focuses on medium-size markets in the Southeast because the
Company believes these markets offer superior opportunities in terms of
projected population and economic growth, leading to higher advertising and
circulation revenues. The Company intends to continue to consider additional
acquisitions of television stations and publications that serve these markets.
The Company has focused on acquiring television stations where it believes there
is potential for improvements in revenue share, audience share and cost control.
In assessing acquisitions, the Company targets stations where it sees specific
44
<PAGE>
opportunities for revenue enhancement utilizing management's significant
experience in local and national advertising sales and in operating similar
stations in the Southeast. In addition, projections of growth in the particular
market are taken into account. The Company also targets stations and
publications for which it can control expenditures as it expands the operation's
revenue base. Typical cost savings arise from (i) reducing staffing levels and
sharing management with other stations and publications, (ii) utilizing in-house
production and design expertise, (iii) substituting more cost effective employee
benefit programs, (iv) reducing travel and other non-essential expenses and (v)
optimizing the purchase of newsprint and other supplies. Other than the Phipps
Acquisition, the Company does not presently have any agreements to acquire any
television stations or publications. See "The Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE Sale
and the Financing." In appropriate circumstances, the Company will dispose of
assets that it deems non-essential to its operating or growth strategy.
[Map of certain states in the southeast United States that sets forth state
capitals and locations of the Company's stations]
TELEVISION BROADCASTING
THE COMPANY'S STATIONS AND THEIR MARKETS
AS USED IN THE TABLES FOR EACH OF THE COMPANY'S STATIONS IN THE FOLLOWING
SECTION (I) "GROSS REVENUES" REPRESENT ALL OPERATING REVENUES EXCLUDING BARTER
REVENUES; (II) "MARKET REVENUES" REPRESENT GROSS ADVERTISING REVENUES, EXCLUDING
BARTER REVENUES, FOR ALL COMMERCIAL TELEVISION STATIONS IN THE MARKET, AS
REPORTED IN INVESTING IN TELEVISION 1995 MARKET REPORT, 4TH EDITION JULY 1995
RATINGS PUBLISHED BY BIA PUBLICATIONS, INC., EXCEPT FOR REVENUES IN WYMT-TV'S
("WYMT") 18-COUNTY TRADING AREA WHICH IS NOT SEPARATELY REPORTED IN SUCH BIA
PUBLICATIONS, INC.'S REPORT; (III) "IN-MARKET SHARE OF HOUSEHOLDS VIEWING
TELEVISION" REPRESENTS THE PERCENTAGE OF THE STATION'S AUDIENCE AS A PERCENTAGE
OF ALL VIEWING BY HOUSEHOLDS IN THE MARKET FROM 6 A.M. TO 2 A.M. SUNDAY
45
<PAGE>
THROUGH SATURDAY, INCLUDING VIEWING OF NON-COMMERCIAL STATIONS, NATIONAL CABLE
CHANNELS AND OUT-OF-MARKET STATIONS BROADCAST OR CARRIED BY CABLE IN THE MARKET;
AND (IV) "STATION RANK IN DMA" IS BASED ON NIELSEN ESTIMATES FOR NOVEMBER OF
EACH YEAR FOR THE PERIOD FROM 6 A.M. TO 2 A.M. SUNDAY THROUGH SATURDAY.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
IN-MARKET
COMMERCIAL STATION MARKET SHARE OF
DMA STATIONS RANK IN TELEVISION REVENUES IN HOUSEHOLDS
STATION MARKET RANK(1) IN DMA(2) DMA HOUSEHOLDS(3) DMA FOR 1995 VIEWING TV
- ---------- ---------------- ------- ---------- ------- ------------- -------------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WKYT Lexington, KY 68 5 1 387,000 $46,100 33%
WYMT (4) Hazard, KY 68 N/A 1 169,000 4,100 24
WRDW Augusta, GA 111 4 1 221,000 26,300 36
WALB (5) Albany, GA 152 3 1 132,000 12,200 80
WJHG (5) Panama City, FL 159 4 1 110,000 8,500 53
PHIPPS ACQUISITION(6)
WKXT Knoxville, TN 62 4 3 429,000 57,900 22
WCTV Tallahassee, FL/ 116 4 1 210,000 19,900 60
Thomasville, GA
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Ranking of DMA served by a station among all DMAs is measured by the number
of television households based within the DMA on the November 1995 Nielsen
estimates.
(2) Includes independent broadcasting stations.
(3) Based upon the approximate number of television households in the DMA as
reported by the November 1995 Nielsen index.
(4) The market area served by WYMT is an 18-county trading area, as defined by
Nielsen, and is included in the Lexington, Kentucky DMA. WYMT's station
rank is based upon its position in the 18-county trading area.
(5) The Company will be required to divest WALB and WJHG in connection with the
Phipps Acquisition. For a discussion of the Company's plans, see "Risk
Factors-FCC Divestiture Requirement" and "The Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE
Sale and the Financing."
(6) The closing of the Phipps Acquisition is expected to occur by September
1996.
The following is a description of each of the Company's stations:
WKYT, THE CBS AFFILIATE IN LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY
WKYT, acquired by the Company in September 1994, began operations in 1957.
Lexington, Kentucky is the 68th largest DMA in the United States, with
approximately 387,000 television households and a total population of
approximately 1.1 million. Total Market Revenues in the Lexington DMA in 1995
were approximately $46.1 million, a 6% increase over 1994. WKYT's gross revenues
for the year ended December 31, 1995 were approximately $17.6 million, an
increase of 14.6% from 1994. The Lexington DMA has five licensed commercial
television stations, including WYMT, WKYT's sister station, all of which are
affiliated with major networks. The Lexington DMA also has one public television
station.
The following table sets forth Market Revenues for the Lexington DMA and
in-market share and ranking information for WKYT (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1993 1994 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues in DMA $39,500 $43,500 $46,100
Market Revenues growth over prior year 13% 10% 6%
In-market share of households viewing television 38% 37% 33%
Rank in market 1 1 1
</TABLE>
MARKET DESCRIPTION. The Lexington DMA consists of 38 counties in central
and eastern Kentucky. The Lexington area is a regional hub for shopping,
business, healthcare, education, and cultural activities and has a comprehensive
transportation network and low commercial utility rates. Major employers in the
Lexington
46
<PAGE>
area include Toyota Motor Corp., Lexmark International, Inc., GTE Corporation,
Square D Company, Ashland, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation.
Toyota Motor Corp. operates a large production facility near Lexington,
employing 6,000 people and in May 1995 announced plans to build its next
generation mini-van at this facility. Eight hospitals and numerous medical
clinics are located in Lexington, reinforcing Lexington's position as a regional
medical center. The University of Kentucky which is located in Lexington, is
also a major employer with approximately 10,000 employees, and has a full time
enrollment of approximately 24,000 students. In addition, Lexington is an
international center of the equine industry with the Kentucky Horse Park, a
1,000 acre park that attracts approximately 700,000 visitors annually.
STATION PERFORMANCE. WKYT, which operates on channel 27, is a CBS
affiliate. WKYT can be viewed on 86 cable systems in its DMA and 51 cable
systems outside its DMA. In 1995, WKYT celebrated its 20th consecutive year as
the Lexington DMA's most watched local news program. Every broadcast of "27
Newsfirst"-at 6 a.m., noon, 5 p.m., 5:30 p.m., 6 p.m. and 11 p.m.-continues to
be the number one rated program in its time period. WKYT's news programs also
provide support and coverage of local events through public service
announcements, on-air bulletin boards and special reports, such as
CRIMESTOPPERS, 27 ON THE TOWN and HOMETOWN HEROES. Based on the November 1995
Nielsen index, WKYT is ranked number one in its market, with a 33% in-market
share of households viewing television, which is five percentage points ahead of
the competition. WKYT received 38% of the Lexington DMA's Market Revenues in
1995. The station attributes its success to the experience of its senior
management and local sales staff, which focus on developing strong relationships
with local advertisers and devoting significant attention to the quality and
content of WKYT's local news programming.
Since the 1970's WKYT has been the flagship station for the University of
Kentucky Sports Network, producing sports events and coaches' shows, such as the
RICK PITINO COACH'S SHOW a half-hour show featuring the University of Kentucky
Basketball coach, that air on a 10-station network across Kentucky. Although
WKYT focuses on the most popular University of Kentucky Wildcat sports,
basketball and football, the station also features other intercollegiate sports,
such as baseball, tennis and swimming/diving.
WKYT has a full mobile production unit that produces a variety of events,
including sports events, beauty pageants and horse racing. In addition, WKYT has
a Doppler Weather Radar System, the latest technology available in weather
forecasting. In 1995, WKYT spent over $1.3 million on capital improvements,
including a complete studio and master control room renovation and the addition
of Maxigrid, an inventory management system.
Cross-promotion and partnerships with radio, newspapers and businesses are a
source of non-traditional revenue as well as a means of community involvement.
WKYT is also party to the first joint venture in the Lexington market through
its production of a 10 p.m. newscast for WDKY-TV, an affiliate of the Fox
Broadcasting Company ("Fox") in Lexington, which provides additional exposure
for the station's news talent as well as a new source of revenue for WKYT.
Local programming produced by WKYT includes SCOTT'S PLACE, a weekly
half-hour children's show which is carried on WALB, WJHG and WRDW, and
DIRECTIONS and 27 NEWSMAKERS, two weekly public affairs programs dealing with
minority and government and political issues, respectively. In addition, WKYT
also carries programming provided by CBS and syndicated programming, including
OPRAH!, JEOPARDY!, WHEEL OF FORTUNE and THE ANDY GRIFFITH SHOW.
The Company's President and the current station manager at WALB are both
former members of senior management at WKYT.
WYMT, THE CBS AFFILIATE IN HAZARD, KENTUCKY
WYMT, acquired by the Company in September 1994, began operations in 1985.
WYMT has carved out a niche trading area comprising 18 counties in eastern and
southeastern Kentucky. This trading area is a separate market area of the
Lexington, Kentucky DMA with approximately 169,000 television households and a
total population of approximately 463,000. WYMT is the only commercial
television station in this
47
<PAGE>
18-county trading area. Total Market Revenues in the 18-county trading area and
WYMT's gross revenues in the 18-county trading area in 1995 were approximately
$4.1 million, a 9% increase over 1994. WYMT is the sister station of WKYT and
shares many resources and simulcasts some local programming with WKYT.
The following table sets forth Market Revenues for the 18-county trading
area and ranking information for WYMT (based upon its position in its 18-county
trading area) (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues in the 18-county trading area (1) $ 3,500 $ 3,800 $ 4,100
Market Revenues growth over prior year 12% 8% 9%
In-market share of households viewing television 25% 20% 24%
Rank in market 1 1 1
</TABLE>
(1) Represents the gross revenues of WYMT, which is the only commercial
television station in the 18-county trading area. The Company is unable to
determine the amount of Market Revenue for the 18-county trading area which
may be attributable to other television stations serving the Lexington DMA.
MARKET DESCRIPTION. The mountain region of eastern and southeastern
Kentucky where Hazard is located is on the outer edges of four separate markets:
Bristol-Kingsport-Johnson City, Charleston-Huntington, Knoxville and Lexington.
Prior to 1985, mountain residents relied primarily on satellite dishes and cable
television carrying distant signals for their television entertainment and news.
Established in 1985, WYMT is the only broadcast station which can be received
over the air in a large portion of its 18-county trading area and may now be
viewed on 100 cable systems.
The trading area's economy is centered around coal and related industries
and some light manufacturing. In recent years, the coal industry has undergone a
major restructuring due to consolidation in the industry and advances in
technology. Approximately 10,700 manufacturing jobs exist in the Hazard trading
area, most of which are concentrated in the Cumberland Valley area, a Kentucky
Area Development District located in the southern portion of the 18-county
trading area.
STATION PERFORMANCE. WYMT, which operates on channel 57, is a CBS
affiliate. WYMT is ranked number one, based on November 1995 Nielsen estimates,
in its trading area with a 24% in-market share of households viewing television,
which is nine points ahead of the competition. WYMT's Mountain News at 6:30
a.m., 6 p.m. and 11 p.m. is ranked number one in the 18-county trading area.
WYMT's Mountain News at 6 p.m. is ranked number two in the entire Lexington DMA
by Nielsen, behind only its sister station WKYT. In addition to the Mountain
News, WYMT simulcasts WKYT's 6 a.m., noon, 5 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. newscasts Monday
through Friday, all of which rank number one in the 18-county trading area. WYMT
includes local inserts into these simulcasted news programs in order to add an
enhanced degree of local content. The station attributes its success to its
position as the only commercial broadcaster in the 18-county trading area and to
customer and community loyalty.
WYMT considers its news department to be a key component of its operations.
The station is strategically positioned with a central newsroom in Hazard and
two satellite news bureaus, one in Middlesboro, Kentucky (the Cumberland Valley)
and one in Harold, Kentucky (the Big Sandy region). Microwave links to these
regional news bureaus and to WYMT's sister station WKYT in Lexington, Kentucky,
provide the news operation with the ability to report on, coordinate and share
the latest news information and coverage throughout the mountain region and from
Lexington.
In 1994 WYMT installed a state-of-the-art digital playback system in its
master control room. This new system has allowed WYMT to adopt a computer-based
playback format that has resulted in significant cost savings and an improved
on-air appearance.
Strong local business and general community relations are an important
component of WYMT's success. WYMT continues to develop partnerships with current
and potential new clients through the
48
<PAGE>
production of various special annual events that also serve to strengthen
community ties and enhance advertising revenue. Examples of such events include
the Mountain Basketball Classic, the Charity Golf Classic and the Boat and RV
Show.
WRDW, THE CBS AFFILIATE IN AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
WRDW, acquired by the Company in January 1996, began operations in 1954.
Augusta, Georgia is the 111th largest DMA in the United States, with
approximately 221,000 television households and a total population of
approximately 627,000. Total Market Revenues in the Augusta DMA in 1995 were
approximately $26.3 million, a 6% increase over 1994. WRDW's gross revenues for
the year ended December 31, 1995 were approximately $9.6 million, an increase of
5.7% from 1994. The Augusta DMA has four licensed commercial television
stations, all of which are affiliated with a major network. The Augusta DMA also
has two public television stations.
The following table sets forth Market Revenues for the Augusta DMA and
in-market share and ranking information for WRDW (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1993 1994 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues in DMA $22,800 $24,800 $26,300
Market Revenues growth over prior year 8% 9% 6%
In-market share of households viewing television 36% 36% 36%
Rank in market 1 1 1
</TABLE>
MARKET DESCRIPTION. The Augusta DMA consists of 19 counties in eastern
Georgia and western South Carolina, including the cities of Augusta, Georgia and
North Augusta and Aiken, South Carolina. The Augusta, Georgia area is one of
Georgia's major metropolitan/regional centers, with a particular emphasis on
health services, manufacturing and the military. The Federal government employs
over 12,500 military and 4,600 civilian personnel at the Department of Energy's
Savannah River Site, a nuclear processing plant, and Fort Gordon, a U.S. Army
military installation. Augusta has eight large hospitals which collectively
employ 20,000 and reinforce Augusta's status as a regional healthcare center.
Augusta is also home to the Masters Golf Tournament, which has been broadcast by
CBS for 41 years.
STATION PERFORMANCE. WRDW, which operates on channel 12, is a CBS
affiliate. Based on November 1995 Nielsen estimates, WRDW is ranked number one
in its market, with a 36% in-market share of households viewing television,
which is one share point ahead of the competition. WRDW also received 36% of the
Augusta DMA's Market Revenues in 1995. WRDW can be viewed on all 29 cable
systems in its DMA and nine cable systems outside of its DMA. Since 1992, WRDW
has risen from a weak second-place ranking to the number one position. WRDW's
weekday news programs at 6 a.m., noon, 5 p.m., 11 p.m., and four weekend slots
are ranked number one in household rating and share. WRDW attributes its number
one position in the market to its strong syndicated programming which leads into
and out of its weekly news programs as well as its expanded local news coverage.
WRDW was also the leader in prime time in the November 1995 Nielsen estimates.
WRDW has positioned itself as "Your 24 Hour News Source" in the DMA. In January
1996, WRDW began providing local cut-ins to the CNN news slots on cable, with
all revenues from commercial inserts going to the station. In addition, as the
local CBS affiliate in the DMA, WRDW produces local Masters programming, such as
THE GREEN JACKET PROGRAM, a show hosted by Paul Davis that includes interviews
with many golf celebrities.
The station also produces its own local programming, including INSIDE
AGRICULTURE, a weekly program and PAINE COLLEGE PRESENTS, a bi-monthly local
public affairs show. In addition to carrying the programming provided by CBS,
WRDW carries syndicated programming including: OPRAH!, INSIDE EDITION, WHEEL OF
FORTUNE and JEOPARDY!
WALB, THE NBC AFFILIATE IN ALBANY, GEORGIA
WALB was founded by the Company and began operations in 1954. Albany,
Georgia is the 152nd largest DMA in the United States with approximately 132,000
television households and a total population
49
<PAGE>
of approximately 380,000. Total Market Revenues in the Albany DMA in 1995 were
approximately $12.2 million, a 5% increase over 1994. WALB's gross revenues for
the year ended December 31, 1995 were approximately $10.5 million, an increase
of 3.5% from 1994. The Albany DMA has three licensed commercial television
stations, two of which are affiliated with major networks. The Albany DMA also
has two other public television stations.
The following table sets forth Market Revenues for the Albany DMA and
in-market share and ranking information for WALB (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1993 1994 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues in DMA $10,900 $11,600 $12,200
Market Revenues growth over prior year 8% 6% 5%
In-market share of households viewing television 81% 80% 80%
Rank in market 1 1 1
</TABLE>
MARKET DESCRIPTION. The Albany DMA, consists of 17 counties in southwest
Georgia. Albany, 170 miles south of Atlanta, is a regional center for
manufacturing, agriculture, education, health care and military service. Leading
employers in the area include: The Marine Corps Logistics Base, Phoebe Putney
Memorial Hospital, The Proctor & Gamble Company, Miller Brewing Company, Cooper
Tire & Rubber Company, Bob's Candies, Coats and Clark Inc., Merck & Co., Inc.,
MacGregor (USA) Inc. and M&M/Mars. Albany State College, Darton College and
Albany Technical Institute are located within this area.
STATION PERFORMANCE. WALB, which operates on channel 10, is the only VHF
station in the Albany DMA and is an NBC affiliate. Based on the November 1995
Nielsen estimates, WALB is ranked number one in its market, with an 80%
in-market share of households viewing television, which is 63 share points ahead
of the competition. WALB has the strongest signal in its DMA and can be viewed
on all of the 26 cable systems in its DMA and 51 cable systems outside of its
DMA. WALB received 86% of the Albany DMA's Market Revenues in 1995.
WALB is known as "South Georgia's Number One News Source." The station's
news is its primary focus. WALB is the number one local news source in all of
its time slots. WALB is the only station in its market with both electronic and
satellite news gathering trucks, allowing the Company to provide live coverage.
WALB broadcasts three hours and 20 minutes of news weekdays and one hour of news
each weekend day.
WALB considers its dedication to the community to be a key component of its
operations. For example, WALB devoted substantial resources in 1994 to expand
its local news coverage and programming. Such investment allowed WALB to provide
the most extensive flood coverage available to viewers during the flood in July
1994, which was one of the largest natural disasters to occur in Georgia in
recent history. This coverage made WALB one of the top-rated stations in the
United States in terms of in-market share of households viewing television in
July 1994, as measured by Nielsen. In addition, the Georgia Broadcasters
Association presented WALB with two of its top awards in 1994: the "1994 TV
Community Service Award" for its dedication to providing local community service
and the "1994 TV Station Promotion of the Year" award for the station's nearly
year long broadcast of its "Learn to Read" program.
The station produces its own local programming including TOWN AND COUNTRY, a
live morning show that travels to various locations in Georgia and DIALOG, a
weekly public affairs show focusing on minority issues. In addition to carrying
programming supplied by NBC, WALB carries syndicated programming, including
OPRAH!, ENTERTAINMENT TONIGHT, THE ANDY GRIFFITH SHOW, MONTEL WILLIAMS, RICKI
LAKE, AMERICAN JOURNAL, and HARD COPY.
The Company will be required to divest this station pursuant to existing FCC
regulations. See "Risk Factors-FCC Divestiture Requirement" and "The Phipps
Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Financing."
50
<PAGE>
WJHG, THE NBC AFFILIATE IN PANAMA CITY, FLORIDA
WJHG, acquired by the Company in 1960, began operations in 1953. Panama
City, Florida is the 159th largest DMA in the United States, with approximately
110,000 television households and a total population of approximately 298,000.
Total Market Revenues in the Panama City DMA in 1995 were approximately $8.5
million, a 6% increase over 1994. WJHG's gross revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1995 were approximately $4.3 million, an increase of 7.7% from
1994. The Panama City DMA has four licensed commercial television stations,
three of which are affiliated with major networks. In addition, a CBS signal is
provided by a station in Dothan, Alabama, an adjacent DMA. The Panama City DMA
also has one public television station.
The following table sets forth Market Revenues for the Panama City DMA and
in-market share and ranking information for WJHG (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues in DMA $7,400 $8,000 $8,500
Market Revenues growth over prior year 11% 8% 6%
In-market share of households viewing television 51% 46% 53%
Rank in market 1 1 1
</TABLE>
MARKET DESCRIPTION. The Panama City DMA consists of nine counties in
northwest Florida. The Panama City market stretches north from Florida's Gulf
Coast to Alabama's southern border. The Panama City economy centers around
tourism, military bases, manufacturing, education and financial services. Panama
City is the county seat and principal city of Bay County. Leading employers in
the area include: Tyndall Air Force Base, the Navy Coastal Systems Station,
Sallie Mae Servicing Corp., Stone Container Corporation, Arizona Chemical
Corporation, Russell Corporation and Gulf Coast Community College. Panama City
is also a spring break destination for college students and drew approximately
550,000 students during 1995.
STATION PERFORMANCE. WJHG, which operates on channel 7, is an NBC
affiliate. Based on November 1995 Nielsen estimates, WJHG is ranked number one
in its market, with a 53% in-market share of households viewing television,
which is 17 share points ahead of the competition. WJHG received 50% of the
Panama City DMA's Market Revenues in 1995. WJHG can be viewed on all of the 36
cable systems in its DMA and on 29 cable systems outside its DMA.
WJHG dominates the Panama City market in all popular news time periods and
has twice the audience viewership at 5 p.m. and 10 p.m. as does the competition.
WJHG also has the number one news ranking in its market at 6:30 a.m., 6 p.m. and
on weekends. WJHG's ratings success in its newscasts have allowed it to increase
its overall unit rates and to negotiate for larger shares of advertisers'
national budgets. WJHG considers its news department to be a key component of
its operations and in 1994, devoted substantial resources to redesign the set,
purchase new cameras, add new graphics, develop a new logo and reformat
newscasts. As part of the continuing growth of its news product, WJHG recently
introduced the first noon newscast in Panama City.
WJHG has also launched a direct mail campaign to attract new advertisers to
the station. As a result of these factors, WJHG increased its gross revenues by
7.7% in 1995. WJHG is also focusing on other non-traditional revenue sources,
such as developing a health exposition, a children's fair and a wedding show,
all of which are scheduled to occur in 1996.
In addition to carrying programming provided by NBC, WJHG carries syndicated
programming, including WHEEL OF FORTUNE, JEOPARDY!, HARD COPY, MAURY POVICH,
JENNY JONES and RICKI LAKE.
The Company will be required to divest this station pursuant to existing FCC
regulations. See "Risk Factors-FCC Divestiture Requirement" and "The Phipps
Acquisition, the KTVE Sale and the Financing."
51
<PAGE>
WKXT, THE CBS AFFILIATE IN KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE
WKXT, which will be acquired pursuant to the Phipps Acquisition, began
operations in 1988. Knoxville, Tennessee is the 62nd largest DMA in the United
States, with approximately 429,000 television households and a total population
of approximately 1.1 million. Total Market Revenues in the Knoxville DMA in 1995
were approximately $57.9 million, a 6% increase over 1994. WKXT's gross revenues
for the year ended December 31, 1995 were approximately $10.6 million, an
increase of 2.3% over 1994. The Knoxville DMA has four licensed commercial
television stations, all of which are affiliated with major networks. The
Knoxville DMA also has two public broadcasting stations.
The following table sets forth Market Revenues for the Knoxville DMA and
in-market share and ranking information for WKXT (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues in DMA $47,900 $54,600 $57,900
Market Revenues growth over prior year 14% 14% 6%
In-market share of households viewing television 24% 23% 22%
Rank in market 3 3 3
</TABLE>
MARKET DESCRIPTION. The Knoxville DMA, consisting of 22 counties in eastern
Tennessee and southeastern Kentucky, includes the cities of Knoxville, Oak Ridge
and Gatlinburg, Tennessee. The Knoxville area is a center for education,
manufacturing, healthcare and tourism. The University of Tennessee's main campus
is located within the city of Knoxville. It employs approximately 6,400 people
and has an enrollment of approximately 26,000 students. Leading manufacturing
employers in the area include: Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc., Levi
Strauss & Company, DeRoyal Industries, Aluminum Company of North America,
Phillips Consumer Electronics North America Corp., Clayton Homes and Sea Ray
Boats, Inc. which employ approximately 26,800 people, collectively. The
Knoxville area also has eight hospitals which employ approximately 16,900
employees. Area tourist attractions are the Great Smokey Mountains National Park
and Dollywood, a country-western theme park sponsored by Dolly Parton. The Great
Smokey Mountains National Park and Dollywood had approximately 9.1 million and
2.2 million visitors, respectively during 1995. Dollywood employs approximately
1,800 people.
STATION PERFORMANCE. WKXT is a CBS affiliate and operates on channel 8.
WKXT is one of three commercial VHF stations in the Knoxville DMA. Based on
November 1995 Nielsen estimates, WKXT is ranked third in its market, with a 22%
in-market share of households viewing television. WKXT can be viewed on 52 cable
systems in its DMA and on 15 cable systems outside its DMA. WKXT received 18% of
the Knoxville DMA's Market Revenues in 1995.
WKXT produces only one hour of news each day. The Company plans to implement
its operating strategy at WKXT by developing comprehensive news programming upon
consummation of the Phipps Acquisition.
In addition to carrying network programming supplied by CBS, WKXT carries
syndicated programming including BAYWATCH, NORTHERN EXPOSURE, REGIS & KATHIE
LEE, MAURY POVICH, AMERICAN JOURNAL, ENTERTAINMENT TONIGHT, HARD COPY, and THE
ANDY GRIFFITH SHOW.
WCTV, THE CBS AFFILIATE IN TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA/THOMASVILLE, GEORGIA
WCTV, which will be acquired pursuant to the Phipps Acquisition, began
operations in 1955. Tallahassee, Florida/Thomasville, Georgia is the 116th
largest DMA in the United States, with approximately 210,000 television
households and total population of approximately 586,000. Total Market Revenues
in the Tallahassee/Thomasville DMA in 1995 were approximately $19.9 million, a
5% increase over 1994. WCTV's gross revenues for the year ended December 31,
1995 were approximately $13.3 million, an increase of 3.2% over 1994. The
Tallahassee/Thomasville DMA has four licensed commercial television stations,
all of which are affiliated with major networks. The Tallahassee/Thomasville DMA
also has one public station that is owned by the Florida State University Board
of Regents.
52
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth Market Revenues in the
Tallahassee/Thomasville DMA and in-market share and ranking information for WCTV
(dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues in DMA $17,200 $18,900 $19,900
Market Revenues growth over prior year 4% 10% 5%
In-market share of households viewing television 64% 65% 60%
Rank in market 1 1 1
</TABLE>
MARKET DESCRIPTION. The Tallahassee/Thomasville DMA, consisting of 18
counties in the panhandle of Florida and southwest Georgia, includes
Tallahassee, the capital of Florida, and Thomasville, Valdosta and Bainbridge,
Georgia. The Tallahassee/Thomasville economy centers around state and local
government as well as state and local universities which include Florida State
University, Florida A&M, Tallahassee Community College and Valdosta State
College. Florida State University is the largest university located in the DMA
with total enrollment of approximately 29,000 students. Florida State
University's main campus is located within the city of Tallahassee. State and
local government agencies employ approximately 36,700 and 8,500 people,
respectively, in the Tallahassee area.
STATION PERFORMANCE. WCTV is a CBS affiliate and operates on channel 6.
WCTV is the only VHF station in the Tallahassee/Thomasville DMA. Based on
November 1995 Nielsen estimates, WCTV is ranked number one in its market, with a
60% in-market share of households viewing television. WCTV can be viewed on 47
cable systems in its DMA and 32 cable systems outside of its DMA. WCTV received
67% of the Tallahassee/Thomasville DMA's Market Revenues in 1995.
WCTV considers its news department to be a key component of its operations;
approximately 43% of its employees are devoted to its news department and
approximately 40% of the WCTV's revenues are generated by news programming. The
station attributes its successful news programming in part to its bureaus in
Tallahassee, Valdosta and Thomasville and its news gathering vehicle. WCTV
produces five news programs and six news cut-ins each day which total three and
one-half hours of news per weekday. All news programs are closed-captioned. The
station has the number one in-market share in news at 6 a.m., noon, 5:30 p.m., 6
p.m. and 11 p.m. on weekdays and 6 p.m. and 11 p.m. on weekends.
The station produces the BOBBY BOWDEN SHOW, a coach's show for Florida State
University. In addition to carrying network programming supplied by CBS, WCTV
carries syndicated programming including WHEEL OF FORTUNE, JEOPARDY!, OPRAH! and
SEINFELD.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
There are currently a limited number of channels available for broadcasting
in any one geographic area, and the license to operate a television station is
granted by the FCC. Television stations which broadcast over the very high
frequency ("VHF") band (channels 2-13) of the spectrum generally have some
competitive advantage over television stations which broadcast over the
ultra-high frequency ("UHF") band (channels above 13) of the spectrum, because
the former usually have better signal coverage and operate at a lower
transmission cost. However, the improvement of UHF transmitters and receivers,
the complete elimination from the marketplace of VHF-only receivers and the
expansion of cable television systems have reduced the VHF signal advantage.
Television station revenues are primarily derived from local, regional and
national advertising and, to a much lesser extent, from network compensation and
revenues from studio and tower space rental and commercial production
activities. Advertising rates are based upon a variety of factors, including a
program's popularity among the viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, the
number of advertisers competing for the available time, the size and demographic
makeup of the market served by the station and the availability of alternative
advertising media in the market area. Rates are also determined by a station's
overall ratings and in-market share, as well as the station's ratings and share
among particular demographic groups which an
53
<PAGE>
advertiser may be targeting. Because broadcast stations rely on advertising
revenues, they are sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy. The size of
advertisers' budgets, which are affected by broad economic trends, affect the
broadcast industry in general and the revenues of individual broadcast
television stations.
All television stations in the country are grouped by Nielsen, a national
audience measuring service, into approximately 210 generally recognized
television markets that are ranked in size according to various formulae based
upon actual or potential audience. Each DMA is an exclusive geographic area
consisting of all counties in which the home-market commercial stations receive
the greatest percentage of total viewing hours. Nielsen periodically publishes
data on estimated audiences for the television stations in the various
television markets throughout the country. The estimates are expressed in terms
of the percentage of the total potential audience in the market viewing a
station (the station's "rating") and of the percentage of households using
television actually viewing the station (the station's "share"). Nielsen
provides such data on the basis of total television households and selected
demographic groupings in the market. Nielsen uses two methods of determining a
station's ability to attract viewers. In larger geographic markets, ratings are
determined by a combination of meters connected directly to selected television
sets and weekly diaries of television viewing, while in smaller markets only
weekly diaries are utilized. All of the Company's stations operate in markets
where only weekly diaries are used.
Historically, three major broadcast networks, Capital Cities/ABC, Inc.
("ABC"), NBC and CBS, dominated broadcast television. In recent years, Fox has
evolved into the fourth major network by establishing a network of independent
stations whose operating characteristics are similar to the major network
affiliate stations, although the number of hours of network programming produced
by Fox for its affiliates is less than that of the three major networks. In
addition, UPN and WB recently have been launched as new television networks. An
affiliate of UPN or WB receives a smaller portion of each day's programming from
its network compared to an affiliate of a major network. Currently, UPN and WB
provide 10 and 11.5 hours of programming per week to their affiliates,
respectively.
The affiliation of a station with one of the four major networks has a
significant impact on the composition of the station's programming, revenues,
expenses and operations. A typical affiliate of a major network receives the
majority of each day's programming from the network. This programming, along
with cash payments ("network compensation"), is provided to the affiliate by the
network in exchange for a substantial majority of the advertising time sold
during the airing of network programs. The network then sells this advertising
time and retains the revenues. The affiliate retains the revenues from time sold
during breaks in and between network programs and programs the affiliate
produces or purchases from non-network sources. In acquiring programming to
supplement programming supplied by the affiliated network, network affiliates
compete primarily with other affiliates and independent stations in their
markets. Cable systems generally do not compete with local stations for
programming, although various national cable networks from time to time have
acquired programs that would have otherwise been offered to local television
stations. In addition, a television station may acquire programming through
barter arrangements. Under barter arrangements, which are becoming increasingly
popular with both network affiliates and independents, a national program
distributor may receive advertising time in exchange for the programming it
supplies, with the station paying a reduced fee for such programming.
In contrast to a station affiliated with a network, a fully independent
station purchases or produces all of the programming that it broadcasts,
resulting in generally higher programming costs. An independent station,
however, retains its entire inventory of advertising time and all of the
revenues obtained therefrom. As a result of the smaller amount of programming
provided by its network, an affiliate of UPN or WB must purchase or produce a
greater amount of its programming, resulting in generally higher programming
costs. These affiliate stations, however, retain a larger portion of the
inventory of advertising time and the revenues obtained therefrom compared to
stations affiliated with the major networks.
Through the 1970s, network television broadcasting enjoyed virtual dominance
in viewership and television advertising revenues, because network-affiliated
stations competed only with each other in most
54
<PAGE>
local markets. Beginning in the 1980s, this level of dominance began to change
as the FCC authorized more local stations and marketplace choices expanded with
the growth of independent stations and cable television services. See "-Federal
Regulation of the Company's Business."
Cable television systems were first installed in significant numbers in the
1970s and were initially used to retransmit broadcast television programming to
paying subscribers in areas with poor broadcast signal reception. In the
aggregate, cable-originated programming has emerged as a significant competitor
for viewers of broadcast television programming, although no single cable
programming network regularly attains audience levels amounting to more than a
small fraction of any single major broadcast network. The advertising share of
cable networks increased during the 1970s and 1980s as a result of the growth in
cable penetration (the percentage of television households which are connected
to a cable system). Notwithstanding such increases in cable viewership and
advertising, over-the-air broadcasting remains the dominant distribution system
for mass market television advertising.
NEWSPAPER PUBLISHING
The Company owns and operates five publications comprising three newspapers
and two shoppers, all located in the Southeast.
THE ALBANY HERALD
THE ALBANY HERALD, located in Albany, Georgia, is the only seven-day-a-week
newspaper that serves southwestern Georgia. The Company changed THE ALBANY
HERALD from an afternoon newspaper to a morning newspaper in 1993 and improved
its graphics and layout. These changes enabled the Company to increase THE
ALBANY HERALD's newsstand and subscription prices as well as its advertising
rates, resulting in an increase of revenues from $10.1 million in 1993 to $13.5
million in 1995, a 33.8% increase. The Company intends to increase selectively
the price and advertising rates of THE ALBANY HERALD in the future. The Albany
market has four other daily newspapers with a limited circulation and market
area.
THE ALBANY HERALD also publishes three other weekly editions in Georgia, THE
LEE COUNTY HERALD, THE WORTH COUNTY HERALD and THE CALHOUN-CLAY HERALD, all of
which provide regional news coverage. Other niche publications include (i) FARM
AND PLANTATION, an agricultural paper, (ii) a monthly COUPON CLIPPER, (iii) a
quarterly, direct mail coupon book called CASH CUTTERS, (iv) an annual dining
guide and (v) an annual bridal book. The Company introduced these weeklies and
other niche product publications in order to better utilize THE ALBANY HERALD's
printing presses and infrastructure (such as sales and advertising). THE ALBANY
HERALD cross-merchandises its publications, thereby increasing total revenues
with only a small increase in related expenditures. The Company also seeks to
increase THE ALBANY HERALD's circulation and revenues through its sponsorship of
special events of local interest, such as bass fishing tournaments.
THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN AND THE GWINNETT DAILY POST
THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN and the GWINNETT DAILY POST are five-day-a-week
newspapers that serve communities in the metro Atlanta area with complete local
news, sports and lifestyles coverage together with national stories that
directly impact their local communities.
THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN is located in Conyers, Georgia, the county seat of
Rockdale County, which is 19 miles east of downtown Atlanta. Rockdale County's
population is estimated to be 64,000 in 1996. Conyers is the site of the 1996
Olympic equestrian competition.
THE GWINNETT DAILY POST, which was purchased by the Company in January 1995,
is located north of Atlanta in Gwinnett County, one of the fastest growing areas
in the nation. Gwinnett's population, which has more than doubled during each of
the past two census periods, was estimated at 457,000 in 1995. In September
1995, the Company increased the frequency of publication of the GWINNETT DAILY
POST from three to five days per week in an effort to increase circulation.
The Company's operating strategy with respect to THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN and
the GWINNETT DAILY POST is to increase circulation by improving the print
quality, increasing the local news content and increasing its
55
<PAGE>
telemarketing and promotional efforts. The Company has hired a new president of
publishing for THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN and the GWINNETT DAILY POST in order to
implement its operating strategy at these newspapers.
SOUTHWEST GEORGIA SHOPPER
The Southwest Georgia Shopper, Inc., prints and distributes two shoppers,
which are direct mailed and rack distributed throughout north Florida and
southwest Georgia. These two shoppers represent a consolidation of the seven
shoppers that the Company purchased in 1994 and 1995. The Company believes that
print quality is an important criterion to advertisers and consumers and, since
their acquisition, the Company has accordingly improved the graphics of the
shoppers.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
Newspaper publishing is the oldest segment of the media industry and, as a
result of the focus on local news, newspapers in general, remain one of the
leading media for local advertising. Newspaper advertising revenues are cyclical
and have generally been affected by changes in national and regional economic
conditions. Financial instability in the retail industry, including bankruptcies
of large retailers and consolidations among large retail chains has recently
resulted in reduced retail advertising expenditures. Classified advertising,
which makes up approximately one-third of newspaper advertising expenditures,
can be affected by an economic slowdown and its effect on employment, real
estate transactions and automotive sales. However, growth in housing starts and
automotive sales, although cyclical in nature, generally provide continued
growth in newspaper advertising expenditures.
PAGERS AND PAGING SERVICES
THE COMPANY'S PAGING BUSINESS
The Company's paging business is based in Tallahassee, Florida and operates
in contiguous parts of Alabama, Florida and Georgia. The Company offers five
basic paging services: (i) tone-only; (ii) tone and voice; (iii) digital
display; (iv) alphanumeric display; and (v) tone or digital display in
conjunction with voice message storage and retrieval. A subscriber to the
Company's paging services either owns a pager, thereby paying solely for the use
of the Company's paging services, or leases a pager, thereby paying a periodic
charge for both the pager and the paging services. Of the Company's
approximately 41,000 pagers in service, approximately 72% are owned and
maintained by subscribers ("COAM") with the remainder being leased. In recent
years, prices for pagers have fallen considerably, and thus there has been a
trend toward subscriber ownership of pagers, allowing the Company to maintain
lower inventory and fixed asset levels. COAM customers historically stay on
service longer, thus enhancing the stability of the subscriber base and
earnings. The Company is focusing its marketing efforts on increasing its base
of COAM users.
The Company's goal is to increase the number of pagers in service, revenues
and cash flow from operations by implementing a plan that focuses on improved
operating methods and controls and innovative marketing programs. The Company's
paging business has grown in recent years by: (i) increasing the number of
business customers; (ii) expanding its resale program; (iii) increasing its
retail operations; and (iv) increasing geographical coverage.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
Paging is a method of wireless communication which uses an assigned radio
frequency to contact a paging subscriber within a designated service area. A
subscriber carries a pager which receives messages by the broadcast of a radio
signal. To contact a subscriber, a message is usually sent by placing a
telephone call to the subscriber's designated telephone number. The telephone
call is received by an electronic paging switch which generates a signal that is
sent to radio transmitters in the subscriber's service area. The transmitters
broadcast a coded signal that is unique to the pager carried by the subscriber
and alerts the subscriber through a tone or vibration that there is a voice,
numeric, alphanumeric or other message. Depending upon the topography of the
service area, the operating radius of a radio transmitter typically ranges from
three to 20 miles.
Three tiers of carriers have emerged in the paging industry: (i) large
nationwide providers serving multiple markets throughout the United States; (ii)
regional carriers, like the Company's paging business,
56
<PAGE>
which operate in regional markets such as several contiguous states in one
geographic region of the United States; and (iii) small, single market
operators. The Company believes that the paging industry is undergoing
consolidation.
The paging industry has traditionally marketed its services through direct
distribution by sales representatives. In recent years, additional channels of
distribution have evolved, including: (i) carrier-operated retail stores; (ii)
resellers, who purchase paging services on a wholesale basis from carriers and
resell those services on a retail basis to their own customers; (iii)
independent sales agents who solicit customers for carriers and are compensated
on a commission basis; and (iv) retail outlets that often sell a variety of
merchandise, including pagers and other telecommunications equipment.
SATELLITE BROADCASTING
The Company's satellite broadcasting business provides broadcast and
production services through mobile and fixed production units as well as C-band
and Ku-band satellite transmission facilities. Clients include The Walt Disney
Company, The Golf Channel, USA Network, Turner Broadcasting Systems, CBS, ABC,
PGA Tour Productions and The Children's Miracle Network.
COMPETITION
TELEVISION INDUSTRY
Competition in the television industry exists on several levels: competition
for audience, competition for programming (including news) and competition for
advertisers. Additional factors that are material to a television station's
competitive position include signal coverage and assigned frequency. The
broadcasting industry is faced continually with technological change and
innovation, the possible rise in popularity of competing entertainment and
communications media and governmental restrictions or actions of federal
regulatory bodies, including the FCC and the Federal Trade Commission, any of
which could have a material effect on the Company's operations. In addition,
since early 1994, there have been a number of network affiliation changes in
many of the top 100 television markets. As a result, the major networks have
sought longer terms in their affiliation agreements with local stations and
generally have increased the compensation payable to the local stations in
return for such longer term agreements. During the same time period, the rate of
change of ownership of local television stations has increased over past
periods.
AUDIENCE. Stations compete for audience on the basis of program popularity,
which has a direct effect on advertising rates. A substantial portion of the
daily programming on each of the Company's stations is supplied by the network
with which each station is affiliated. During those periods, the stations are
totally dependent upon the performance of the network programs to attract
viewers. There can be no assurance that such programming will achieve or
maintain satisfactory viewership levels in the future. Non-network time periods
are programmed by the station with a combination of self-produced news, public
affairs and other entertainment programming, including news and syndicated
programs purchased for cash, cash and barter, or barter only.
Independent stations, whose number has increased significantly over the past
decade, have also emerged as viable competitors for television viewership
shares. In addition, UPN and WB have been launched recently as new television
networks. The Company is unable to predict the effect, if any, that such
networks will have on the future results of the Company's operations.
In addition, the development of methods of television transmission of video
programming other than over-the-air broadcasting, and in particular cable
television, has significantly altered competition for audience in the television
industry. These other transmission methods can increase competition for a
broadcasting station by bringing into its market distant broadcasting signals
not otherwise available to the station's audience and also by serving as a
distribution system for non-broadcast programming. Through the 1970s, television
broadcasting enjoyed virtual dominance in viewership and television advertising
revenues because network-affiliated stations competed only with each other in
most local markets. Although cable television systems initially retransmitted
broadcast television programming to paying subscribers in areas with poor
broadcast signal reception, significant increases in cable television
penetration in areas that did not have signal reception problems occurred
throughout the 1970s and 1980s. As the technology of satellite program
57
<PAGE>
delivery to cable systems advanced in the late 1970s, development of programming
for cable television accelerated dramatically, resulting in the emergence of
multiple, national-scale program alternatives and the rapid expansion of cable
television and higher subscriber growth rates. Historically, cable operators
have not sought to compete with broadcast stations for a share of the local news
audience. Recently, however, certain cable operators have elected to compete for
such audiences and the increased competition could have an adverse effect on the
Company's advertising revenues.
Other sources of competition include home entertainment systems (including
video cassette recorder and playback systems, video discs and television game
devices), "wireless cable" services, satellite master antenna television
systems, low power television stations, television translator stations and, more
recently, DBS video distribution services, which transmit programming directly
to homes equipped with special receiving antennas, and video signals delivered
over telephone lines. Public broadcasting outlets in most communities compete
with commercial television stations for audience but not for advertising
dollars, although this may change as the United States Congress considers
alternative means for the support of public television.
Further advances in technology may increase competition for household
audiences and advertisers. Video compression techniques are expected to reduce
the bandwidth required for television signal transmission. These compression
techniques, as well as other technological developments, are applicable to all
video delivery systems, including over-the-air broadcasting, and have the
potential to provide vastly expanded programming to highly targeted audiences.
Reduction in the cost of creating additional channel capacity could lower entry
barriers for new channels and encourage the development of increasingly
specialized "niche" programming. This ability to reach very narrowly defined
audiences is expected to alter the competitive dynamics for advertising
expenditures. In addition, competition in the television industry in the future
may come from interactive video and information and data services that may be
delivered by commercial television stations, cable television, DBS, multipoint
distribution systems, multichannel multipoint distribution systems or other
video delivery systems. The Company is unable to predict the effect that these
or other technological changes will have on the broadcast television industry or
the future results of the Company's operations.
PROGRAMMING. Competition for programming involves negotiating with national
program distributors or syndicators that sell first-run and rerun packages of
programming. Each station competes against the broadcast station competitors in
its market for exclusive access to off-network reruns (such as ROSEANNE) and
first-run product (such as ENTERTAINMENT TONIGHT). Cable systems generally do
not compete with local stations for programming, although various national cable
networks from time to time have acquired programs that would have otherwise been
offered to local television stations. Competition exists for exclusive news
stories
and features as well.
ADVERTISING. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in
which the station operates, a program's popularity among the viewers that an
advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for the
available time, the demographic makeup of the market served by the station, the
availability of alternative advertising media in the market area, aggressive and
knowledgeable sales forces and the development of projects, features and
programs that tie advertiser messages to programming. Advertising revenues
comprise the primary source of revenues for the Company's stations. The
Company's stations compete for such advertising revenues with other television
stations and other media in their respective markets. Typically, independent
stations achieve a greater proportion of the television market advertising
revenues than network affiliated stations relative to their share of the
market's audience, because independent stations have greater amounts of
available advertising time. The stations also compete for advertising revenues
with other media, such as newspapers, radio stations, magazines, outdoor
advertising, transit advertising, yellow page directories, direct mail and local
cable systems. Competition for advertising dollars in the broadcasting industry
occurs primarily within individual markets.
NEWSPAPER INDUSTRY
The Company's newspapers compete for advertisers with a number of other
media outlets, including magazines, radio and television, as well as other
newspapers, which also compete for readers with the
58
<PAGE>
Company's publications. Many of the Company's newspaper competitors are
significantly larger than the Company. The Company attempts to differentiate its
publications from other newspapers by focusing on local news and local sports
coverage in order to compete with its larger competitors. The Company also seeks
to establish its publications as the local newspaper by sponsoring special
events of particular community interest.
PAGING INDUSTRY
The paging industry is highly competitive. Companies in the industry compete
on the basis of price, coverage area offered to subscribers, available services
offered in addition to basic numeric or tone paging, transmission quality,
system reliability and customer service. The Company competes by maintaining
competitive pricing of its product and service offerings, by providing
high-quality, reliable transmission networks and by furnishing subscribers a
superior level of customer service.
The Company's primary competitors include those paging companies that
provide wireless service in the same geographic areas in which the Company
operates. The Company experiences competition from one or more competitors in
all locations in which it operates. Some of the Company's competitors have
greater financial and other resources than the Company.
The Company's paging services also compete with other wireless
communications services such as cellular service. The typical customer uses
paging as a low cost wireless communications alternative either on a stand-alone
basis or in conjunction with cellular services. Future technological
developments in the wireless communications industry and enhancements of current
technology, however, could create new products and services, such as personal
communications services and mobile satellite services, which are competitive
with the paging services currently offered by the Company. Recent and proposed
regulatory changes by the FCC are aimed at encouraging such technological
developments and new services and promoting competition. There can be no
assurance that the Company's paging business would not be adversely affected by
such technological developments or regulatory changes.
NETWORK AFFILIATION OF THE STATIONS
Each of the Company's stations is affiliated with a major network pursuant
to an affiliation agreement. Each affiliation agreement provides the affiliated
station with the right to broadcast all programs transmitted by the network with
which the station is affiliated. In return, the network has the right to sell a
substantial majority of the advertising time during such broadcasts. In exchange
for every hour that a station elects to broadcast network programming, the
network pays the station a specific network compensation payment which varies
with the time of day. Typically, prime-time programming generates the highest
hourly network compensation payments. Such payments are subject to increase or
decrease by the network during the term of an affiliation agreement with
provisions for advance notices and right of termination by the station in the
event of a reduction in such payments. The NBC affiliation agreements for WALB
and WJHG are renewed automatically every five years on September 1 unless the
station notifies NBC otherwise. The CBS affiliation agreements for WKYT, WYMT,
WRDW, WCTV and WKXT expire on December 31, 2004, December 31, 2004, March 31,
2005, December 31, 1999, and December 31, 1999, respectively.
FEDERAL REGULATION OF THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS
TELEVISION BROADCASTING
EXISTING REGULATION. Television broadcasting is subject to the jurisdiction
of the FCC under the Communications Act and the Telecommunications Act. The
Communications Act prohibits the operation of television broadcasting stations
except under a license issued by the FCC and empowers the FCC, among other
things, to issue, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses, determine the
locations of stations, regulate the equipment used by stations, adopt
regulations to carry out the provisions of the Communications Act and the
Telecommunications Act and impose penalties for violation of such regulations.
The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a license or the transfer of
control of a licensee without prior approval of the FCC.
LICENSE GRANT AND RENEWAL. Television broadcasting licenses generally are
granted or renewed for a period of five years; recently extended to eight years
by the Telecommunications Act, but may be renewed for
59
<PAGE>
a shorter period upon a finding by the FCC that the "public interest,
convenience, and necessity" would be served thereby. The broadcast licenses for
WALB, WJHG, WKYT, WYMT, WRDW, WCTV and WKXT are effective until April 1, 1997,
February 1, 1997, August 1, 1997, August 1, 1997, April 1, 1997, February 1,
1997 and August 1, 1997, respectively. The Telecommunications Act requires a
broadcast license to be renewed if the FCC finds that: (i) the station has
served the public interest, convenience and necessity; (ii) there have been no
serious violations of either the Telecommunications Act or the FCC's rules and
regulations by the licensee; and (iii) there have been no other violations,
which taken together would constitute a pattern of abuse. At the time an
application is made for renewal of a television license, parties in interest may
file petitions to deny, and such parties, including members of the public, may
comment upon the service the station has provided during the preceding license
term and urge denial of the application. If the FCC finds that the licensee has
failed to meet the above-mentioned requirements, it could deny the renewal
application or grant a conditional approval, including renewal for a lesser
term. The FCC will not consider competing applications contemporaneously with a
renewal application. Only after denying a renewal application can the FCC accept
and consider competing applications for the license. Although in the vast
majority of cases broadcast licenses are renewed by the FCC even when petitions
to deny or competing applications are filed against broadcast license renewal
applications, there can be no assurance that the Company's stations' licenses
will be renewed. The Company is not aware of any facts or circumstances that
could prevent the renewal of the licenses for its stations at the end of their
respective license terms.
MULTIPLE OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS. Currently, the FCC has rules that limit
the ability of individuals and entities to own or have an ownership interest
above a certain level (an "attributable" interest, as defined more fully below)
in broadcast stations, as well as other mass media entities. The current rules
limit the number of radio and television stations that may be owned both on a
national and a local basis. On a national basis, the rules preclude any
individual or entity from having an attributable interest in more than 12
television stations. Moreover, the aggregate audience reach of co-owned
television stations may not exceed 25% of all United States households. An
individual or entity may hold an attributable interest in up to 14 television
stations (or stations with an aggregate audience reach of 30% of all United
States households) if at least two of the stations are controlled by a member of
an ethnic minority. The Telecommunications Act directs the FCC to eliminate the
restriction on the number of television stations which may be owned or
controlled nationally and to increase the national audience reach limitation for
television stations to 35%.
On a local basis, FCC rules currently allow an individual or entity to have
an attributable interest in only one television station in a market. In
addition, FCC rules and the Telecommunications Act generally prohibit an
individual or entity from having an attributable interest in a television
station and a radio station, daily newspaper or cable television system that is
located in the same local market area served by the television station.
Proposals currently before the FCC could substantially alter these standards.
For example, in a recently initiated rulemaking proceeding, the FCC suggested
narrowing the geographic scope of the local television cross-ownership rule (the
so-called "duopoly rule") from Grade B to Grade A contours and possibly
permitting some two-station combinations in certain markets. The FCC has also
proposed eliminating the TV/radio cross-ownership restriction (the so-called
"one-to-a-market" rule) entirely or at least exempting larger markets. In
addition, the FCC is seeking comment on issues of control and attribution with
respect to local marketing agreements entered into by television stations. It is
unlikely that this rulemaking will be concluded until late 1996 or later, and
there can be no assurance that any of these rules will be changed or what will
be the effect of any such change. The Telecommunications Act expressly does not
prohibit any local marketing agreements in compliance with FCC regulations.
Furthermore, the Telecommunications Act directs the FCC to conduct a rulemaking
proceeding to determine whether restricting ownership of more than one
television station in the same area should be retained, modified or eliminated.
It is the intent of Congress that if the FCC revises the multiple ownership
rules, it should permit co-located VHF-VHF combinations only in compelling
circumstances, where competition and diversity will not be harmed.
The Telecommunications Act also directs the FCC to extend its
one-to-a-market waiver policy from the top 25 to any of the top 50 markets. In
addition, the Telecommunications Act directs the FCC to permit a television
station to affiliate with two or more networks unless such dual or multiple
networks are composed of (i) two or more of the four existing networks (ABC,
CBS, NBC or Fox) or, (ii) any of the four existing
60
<PAGE>
networks and one of the two emerging networks (UPN or WBN). The Company believes
that Congress does not intend for these limitations to apply if such networks
are not operated simultaneously, or if there is no substantial overlap in the
territory served by the group of stations comprising each of such networks. The
Telecommunications Act also directs the FCC to revise its rules to permit
cross-ownership interests between a broadcast network and a cable system. The
Telecommunications Act further authorizes the FCC to consider revising its rules
to permit common ownership of co-located broadcast stations and cable systems.
Expansion of the Company's broadcast operations in particular areas and
nationwide will continue to be subject to the FCC's ownership rules and any
changes the FCC or Congress may adopt. Any relaxation of the FCC's ownership
rules may increase the level of competition in one or more of the markets in
which the Company's stations are located, particularly to the extent that the
Company's competitors may have greater resources and thereby be in a better
position to capitalize on such changes.
Under the FCC's ownership rules, a direct or indirect purchaser of certain
types of securities of the Company (including the Class B Common Stock offered
hereby) could violate FCC regulations if that purchaser owned or acquired an
"attributable" or "meaningful" interest in other media properties in the same
areas as stations owned by the Company or in a manner otherwise prohibited by
the FCC. All officers and directors of a licensee, as well as general partners,
uninsulated limited partners and stockholders who own five percent or more of
the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock of a licensee (either directly
or indirectly), generally will be deemed to have an "attributable" interest in
the licensee. Certain institutional investors which exert no control or
influence over a licensee may own up to 10% of the voting power of the
oustanding Common Stock before attribution occurs. Under current FCC
regulations, debt instruments, non-voting stock, certain limited partnership
interests (provided the licensee certifies that the limited partners are not
"materially involved" in the management and operation of the subject media
property) and voting stock held by minority stockholders in cases in which there
is a single majority stockholder generally are not subject to attribution. The
FCC's cross-interest policy, which precludes an individual or entity from having
a "meaningful" (even though not "attributable") interest in one media property
and an "attributable" interest in a broadcast, cable or newspaper property in
the same area, may be invoked in certain circumstances to reach interests not
expressly covered by the multiple ownership rules.
In January 1995, the FCC released a NPRM designed to permit a "thorough
review of [its] broadcast media attribution rules." Among the issues on which
comment was sought are (i) whether to change the voting stock attribution
benchmarks from five percent to 10% and, for passive investors, from 10% to 20%;
(ii) whether there are any circumstances in which non-voting stock interests,
which are currently considered non-attributable, should be considered
attributable; (iii) whether the FCC should eliminate its single majority
shareholder exception (pursuant to which voting interests in excess of five
percent are not considered cognizable if a single majority shareholder owns more
than 50% of the voting power); (iv) whether to relax insulation standards for
business development companies and other widely-held limited partnerships; (v)
how to treat limited liability companies and other new business forms for
attribution purposes; (vi) whether to eliminate or codify the cross-interest
policy; and, (vii) whether to adopt a new policy which would consider whether
multiple "cross interests" or other significant business relationships (such as
time brokerage agreements, debt relationships or holdings of nonattributable
interests), which individually do not raise concerns, raise issues with respect
to diversity and competition. It is unlikely that this inquiry will be concluded
until late 1996 at the earliest and there can be no assurance that any of these
standards will be changed. Should the attribution rules be changed, the Company
is unable to predict what, if any, effect it would have on the Company or its
activities. To the best of the Company's knowledge, no officer, director or five
percent stockholder of the Company currently holds an interest in another
television station, radio station, cable television system or daily newspaper
that is inconsistent with the FCC's ownership rules and policies or with
ownership by the Company of its stations.
ALIEN OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS. The Communications Act restricts the ability
of foreign entities or individuals to own or hold interests in broadcast
licenses. Foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments,
non-citizens, representatives of non-citizens, and corporations or partnerships
organized under the laws of a foreign nation are barred from holding broadcast
licenses. Non-citizens, collectively, may directly or indirectly own or vote up
to 20% of the capital stock of a licensee but are prohibited from serving
61
<PAGE>
as officers or directors of such licensee. In addition, a broadcast license may
not be granted to or held by any corporation that is controlled, directly or
indirectly, by any other corporation (i) that has a non-citizen as an officer,
(ii) more than one-fourth of whose directors are non-citizens or (iii) more than
one-fourth of whose capital stock is owned or voted by non-citizens or their
representatives or by foreign governments or their representatives, or by
non-U.S. corporations, if the FCC finds that the public interest will be served
by the refusal or revocation of such license. The Company has been advised that
the FCC staff has interpreted this provision of the Communications Act to
require an affirmative public interest finding before a broadcast license may be
granted to or held by any such corporation and the FCC has made such an
affirmative public interest finding before a broadcast license may be granted to
or held by any such corporation and the FCC has made such an affirmative finding
only in limited circumstances. The Company, which serves as a holding company
for wholly-owned subsidiaries that are licensees for its stations, therefore may
be restricted from having (i) more than one-fourth of its stock owned or voted
directly or indirectly by non-citizens, foreign governments, representatives of
non-citizens or foreign governments, or foreign corporations; (ii) an officer
who is a non-citizen; or (iii) more than one-fourth of its board of directors
consisting of non-citizens.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS. The FCC recently decided to eliminate the prime time
access rule ("PTAR"), effective August 30, 1996. PTAR currently limits a
station's ability to broadcast network programming (including syndicated
programming previously broadcast over a network) during prime time hours. The
elimination of PTAR could increase the amount of network programming broadcast
over a station affiliated with ABC, NBC, CBS or Fox. Such elimination also could
result in (i) an increase in the compensation paid by the network (due to the
additional prime time during which network programming could be aired by a
network-affiliated station) and (ii) increased competition for syndicated
network programming that previously was unavailable for broadcast by network
affiliates during prime time. The FCC also recently announced that it was
rescinding its remaining financial interest and syndication ("fin\syn") rules.
The original rules, first adopted in 1970, severely restricted the ability of a
network to obtain financial interests in, or participate in syndication of,
prime-time entertainment programming created by independent producers for airing
during the networks' evening schedules. The FCC previously lifted the financial
interest rules and restraints on foreign syndication.
Congress has recently enacted legislation and the FCC currently has under
consideration or is implementing new regulations and policies regarding a wide
variety of matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation and
ownership of the Company's broadcast properties. In addition to the proposed
changes noted above, such matters include, for example, the license renewal
process (particularly the weight to be given to the expectancy of renewal for an
incumbent broadcast licensee and the criteria to be applied in deciding
contested renewal applications), spectrum use fees, political advertising rates,
potential advertising restrictions on the advertising of certain products (beer
and wine, for example), the rules and policies to be applied in enforcing the
FCC's equal employment opportunity regulations, reinstitution of the Fairness
Doctrine (which requires broadcasters airing programming concerning
controversial issues of public importance to afford a reasonable opportunity for
the expression of contrasting viewpoints), and the standards to govern
evaluation of television programming directed toward children and violent and
indecent programming (including the possible requirement of what is commonly
referred to as the "v-chip," which would permit parents to program television
sets so that certain programming would not be accessible by children). Other
matters that could affect the Company's broadcast properties include
technological innovations and developments generally affecting competition in
the mass communications industry, such as the recent initiation of direct
broadcast satellite service, and the continued establishment of wireless cable
systems and low power television stations.
The FCC presently is seeking comment on its policies designed to increase
minority ownership of mass media facilities. Congress also recently enacted
legislation that eliminated the minority tax certificate program of the FCC,
which gave favorable tax treatment to entities selling broadcast stations to
entities controlled by an ethnic minority. In addition, a recent Supreme Court
decision has cast doubt upon the continued validity of many of the congressional
programs designed to increase minority ownership of mass media facilities.
62
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTION OF VIDEO SERVICES BY TELEPHONE COMPANIES. Recent actions by
the FCC, Congress and the courts all presage significant future involvement in
the provision of video services by telephone companies. The Company cannot
predict either the timing or the extent of such involvement.
THE 1992 CABLE ACT. On October 5, 1992, Congress enacted the Cable
Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (the "1992 Cable
Act"). The FCC began implementing the requirements of the 1992 Cable Act in 1993
and final implementation proceedings remain pending regarding certain of the
rules and regulations previously adopted. Certain statutory provisions, such as
signal carriage, retransmission consent and equal employment opportunity
requirements, have a direct effect on television broadcasting. Other provisions
are focused exclusively on the regulation of cable television but can still be
expected to have an indirect effect on the Company because of the competition
between over-the-air television stations and cable systems.
The signal carriage, or "must carry," provisions of the 1992 Cable Act
require cable operators to carry the signals of local commercial and
non-commercial television stations and certain low power television stations.
Systems with 12 or fewer usable activated channels and more than 300 subscribers
must carry the signals of at least three local commercial television stations. A
cable system with more than 12 usable activated channels, regardless of the
number of subscribers, must carry the signals of all local commercial television
stations, up to one-third of the aggregate number of usable activated channels
of such system. The 1992 Cable Act also includes a retransmission consent
provision that prohibits cable operators and other multi-channel video
programming distributors from carrying broadcast stations without obtaining
their consent in certain circumstances. The "must carry" and retransmission
consent provisions are related in that a local television broadcaster, on a
cable system-by-cable system basis, must make a choice once every three years
whether to proceed under the "must carry" rules or to waive that right to
mandatory but uncompensated carriage and negotiate a grant of retransmission
consent to permit the cable system to carry the station's signal, in most cases
in exchange for some form of consideration from the cable operator. Cable
systems must obtain retransmission consent to carry all distant commercial
stations other than "super stations" delivered via satellite.
Under rules adopted to implement these "must carry" and retransmission
consent provisions, local television stations were required to make an initial
election of "must carry" or retransmission consent by June 17, 1993. Stations
that failed to elect were deemed to have elected carriage under the "must carry"
provisions. Other issues addressed in the FCC rules were market designations,
the scope of retransmission consent and procedural requirements for implementing
the signal carriage provisions. Each of the Company's stations elected "must
carry" status on certain cable systems in its DMA. This election entitles the
Company's stations to carriage on those systems until at least December 31,
1996. In certain other situations, the Company's stations entered into
"retransmission consent" agreements with cable systems. The Company is unable to
predict whether or not these retransmission consent agreements will be extended
and, if so, on what terms.
On April 8, 1993, a special three-judge panel of the U.S. District Court for
the District of Columbia upheld the constitutionality of the "must carry"
provisions of the 1992 Cable Act. However, on June 27, 1994, the United States
Supreme Court in a 5-4 decision vacated the lower court's judgment and remanded
the case to the District Court for further proceedings. Although the Supreme
Court found the "must carry" rules to be content-neutral and supported by
legitimate governmental interests under appropriate constitutional tests, it
also found that genuine issues of material fact still remained that must be
resolved in a more detailed evidentiary record. On December 12, 1995, the United
States District Court for the District of Columbia upheld the "must carry"
requirements compelling cable systems to carry broadcast signals. The cable
industry plans to appeal this decision. In the meantime, however, the FCC's new
"must carry" regulations implementing the 1992 Cable Act remain in effect.
The 1992 Cable Act also codified the FCC's basic equal employment
opportunity ("EEO") rules and the use of certain EEO reporting forms currently
filed by television broadcast stations. In addition, pursuant to the 1992 Cable
Act's requirements, the FCC has adopted new rules providing for a review of the
EEO performance of each television station at the mid-point of its license term
(in addition to renewal time). Such
63
<PAGE>
a review will give the FCC an opportunity to evaluate whether the licensee is in
compliance with the FCC's processing criteria and notify the licensee of any
deficiency in its employment profile. Among the other rulemaking proceedings
conducted by the FCC to implement provisions of the 1992 Cable Act have been
those concerning cable rate regulation, cable technical standards, cable
multiple ownership limits and competitive access to programming.
Among other provisions, the Telecommunications Act redefines the term "cable
system" as "a facility that serves subscribers without using any public right of
way." It eliminates a single subscriber's ability to initiate a rate complaint
proceeding at the FCC and allows a cable operator to move any service off the
basic tier in its discretion, other than local broadcast signals and access
channels required to be carried on the basic tier.
ADVANCED TELEVISION SERVICE. The FCC has proposed the adoption of rules for
implementing advanced television ("ATV") service in the United States.
Implementation of digital ATV will improve the technical quality of television
signals receivable by viewers and will provide broadcasters the flexibility to
offer new services, including high-definition television ("HDTV"), simultaneous
broadcasting of multiple programs of standard definition television ("SDTV") and
data broadcasting.
The FCC must adopt ATV service rules and a table of ATV allotments before
broadcasters can provide these services enabled by the new technology. On July
28, 1995, the FCC announced the issuance of a NPRM to invite comment on a broad
range of issues related to the implementation of ATV, particularly the
transition to digital broadcasting. The FCC announced that the anticipated role
of digital broadcasting will cause it to revisit certain decisions made in an
earlier order. The FCC also announced that broadcasters will be allowed greater
flexibility in responding to market demand by transmitting a mix of HDTV, SDTV
and perhaps other services. The FCC also stated that the NPRM would be followed
by two additional proceedings and that a Final Report and Order which will
launch the ATV system is anticipated in 1996.
The Telecommunications Act directs the FCC, if it issues licenses for ATV,
to limit the initial eligibility for such licenses to incumbent broadcast
licensees. It also authorizes the FCC to adopt regulations that would permit
broadcasters to use such spectrum for ancillary or supplementary services. It is
expected that the FCC will assign all existing television licensees a second
channel on which to provide ATV simultaneously with their current NTSC service.
It is possible after a period of years that broadcasters would be required to
cease NTSC operations, return the NTSC channel to the FCC, and broadcast only
with the newer digital technology. Some members of Congress have advocated
authorizing the FCC to auction either NTSC or ATV channels; however, the
Telecommunications Act allows the FCC to determine when such licenses will be
returned and how to allocate returned spectrum.
Under certain circumstances, conversion to ATV operations would reduce a
station's geographical coverage area but the majority of stations will obtain
service areas that match or exceed the limits of existing operations. Due to
additional equipment costs, implementation of ATV will impose some near-term
financial burdens on television stations providing the service. At the same
time, there is a potential for increased revenues to be derived from ATV.
Although the Company believes the FCC will authorize ATV in the United States,
the Company cannot predict precisely when or under what conditions such
authorization might be given, when NTSC operations must cease, or the overall
effect the transition to ATV might have on the Company's business.
DIRECT BROADCASTING SATELLITE SYSTEMS. The FCC has authorized DBS, a
service which provides video programming via satellite directly to home
subscribers. Local broadcast stations and broadcast network programming are not
carried on DBS systems. Proposals recently advanced in the Telecommunications
Act include a prohibition on restrictions that inhibit a viewer's ability to
receive video programming through DBS services. The FCC has exclusive
jurisdiction over the regulation of DBS service. The Company cannot predict the
impact of this new service upon the Company's business.
PAGING
FEDERAL REGULATION. The Company's paging operations are subject to
regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act. The FCC has granted the
Company licenses to use the radio frequencies necessary to
64
<PAGE>
conduct its paging operations. Licenses issued by the FCC to the Company set
forth the technical parameters, such as signal strength and tower height, under
which the Company is authorized to use those frequencies.
LICENSE GRANT AND RENEWAL. The FCC licenses granted to the Company are for
varying terms of up to 10 years, at the end of which renewal applications must
be approved by the FCC. In the past, paging license renewal applications
generally have been granted by the FCC in most cases upon a demonstration of
compliance with FCC regulations and adequate service to the public. Although the
Company is unaware of any circumstances which could prevent the grant of renewal
applications, no assurance can be given that any of the Company's licenses will
be free of competing applications or will be renewed by the FCC. Furthermore,
the FCC has the authority to restrict the operation of licensed facilities or to
revoke or modify licenses. None of the Company's licenses has ever been revoked
or modified involuntarily.
The FCC has enacted regulations regarding auctions for the award of radio
spectrum licenses. Pursuant to such rules, the FCC at any time may require
auctions for new or existing services prior to the award of any license.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to procure
additional frequencies, or to expand existing paging networks operating on
frequencies for which the Company is currently licensed into new geographical
areas. In March 1994, the FCC adopted rules pursuant to which the FCC will
utilize competitive bidding to select Commercial Mobile Radio Service ("CMRS")
licensees when more than one entity has filed a timely application for the same
license. These competitive bidding rules could require that FCC licensees make
significant investments in order to obtain spectrum. While the FCC has not yet
applied these rules to paging licenses, it could do so at any time. The Company
also believes that this rule change may increase the number of competitors which
have significant financial resources and may provide an added incentive to build
out their systems quickly.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS. On February 8, 1996, the FCC announced a temporary
cessation in the acceptance of applications for new paging stations, and placed
certain restrictions on the extent to which current licensees can expand into
new territories on an existing channel. The FCC has initiated an expedited
comment period in which it will consider whether these interim processing
procedures should be relaxed. The FCC is also considering whether CMRS operators
should be obligated to interconnect their systems with others and be prohibited
from placing restrictions on the resale of their services.
The FCC recently adopted rules generally revising the classification of the
services offered by paging companies. Traditionally, paging companies have been
classified either as Private Common Carriers or Private Carrier Paging Operators
or as resellers. Pursuant to the FCC's recently adopted rules, which aim to
reduce the disparities in the regulatory treatment of similar mobile services,
the Company's paging services are or will be classified as CMRS. The Company
believes that such parity will remove certain regulatory advantages which
private carrier paging competitors have enjoyed under the previous
classification scheme, although private carrier paging companies will be subject
to a transition period through August 1996 before these new rules are
applicable.
The recently enacted Telecommunications Act may affect the Company's paging
business. Some aspects of the new statute could have beneficial effect on the
Company's paging business. For example, proposed federal guidelines regarding
antenna siting issues may remove local and state barriers to the construction of
communications facilities, and efforts to increase competition in the local
exchange and interexchange industries may reduce the cost to the Company of
acquiring necessary communications services and facilities. On the other hand,
some provisions relating to common carrier interconnection, telephone number
portability, equal access, the assignment of new area codes, resale requirements
and auction authority may place additional burdens upon the Company or subject
the Company to increased competition.
In addition to regulation by the FCC, paging systems are subject to certain
Federal Aviation Administration regulations with respect to the height,
location, construction, marking and lighting of towers and antennas.
STATE REGULATION. As a result of the enactment by Congress of the Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, the authority of the states to regulate the
Company's paging operations was severely curtailed as of
65
<PAGE>
August 1994. At this time the Company is not aware of any proposed state
legislation or regulations which would have a material adverse impact on the
Company's paging business. There can be no assurance, however, that such
legislation or regulations will not be passed in the future.
EMPLOYEES
As of March 1996, the Company (excluding the Phipps Business) had 740
full-time employees, of which 450 were employees of the Company's stations, 280
were employees of the Company's publications and 10 were corporate and
administrative personnel. None of the Company's employees are represented by
unions. The Company believes that its relations with its employees are
satisfactory.
PROPERTIES
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 126 North
Washington Street, Albany, Georgia 31701, which is owned by The Albany Herald
Publishing Company, Inc. (the "Albany Herald"). The Albany Herald also owns the
adjacent building on the corner of Pine Avenue in Albany. The building located
at 126 North Washington Street contains administration, news and advertising
offices and the adjacent buildings located on Pine Avenue contain the printing
press and production facilities, as well as paper storage and maintenance. These
buildings contain approximately 83,000 square feet. In addition, the parking lot
for the employees and customers of THE ALBANY HERALD is located immediately
across Pine Avenue from the administration offices.
The types of properties required to support television stations include
offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. The types of properties
required to support newspaper publishing include offices, facilities for the
printing press and production and storage. A station's studios are generally
housed with its offices in business districts. The transmitter sites and antenna
are generally located in elevated areas to provide optimal signal strength and
coverage.
66
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
properties.
TELEVISION BROADCASTING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATION/APPROXIMATE PROPERTY OWNED APPROXIMATE EXPIRATION
LOCATION USE OR LEASED SIZE OF LEASE
- ------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------- -------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WKYT
Lexington, KY Office, studio and Owned 34,500 sq. ft. --
transmission tower site building on
20 acres
WYMT
Hazard, KY Office and studio Owned 21,200 sq. ft. --
building
Hazard, KY Transmission tower site Leased - June 2015
Hazard, KY Transmitter building and Owned 1,248 sq. ft. --
improvements
WRDW
North Augusta, SC Office and studio Owned 17,000 sq. ft. --
Transmission tower site Owned 143 acres --
WALB
Albany, GA Office and studio Owned 13,700 sq. ft. --
Albany, GA Transmission tower site Owned 21 acres --
WJHG
Panama City, FL Office and studio Owned 14,000 sq. ft. --
Youngstown, FL Transmission tower site Owned 17 acres --
WKXT
Knoxville, TN Office and studio Owned 18,300 sq. ft. --
Knoxville, TN Transmission tower site Leased Tower space Dec. 1998
WCTV
Tallahassee, FL Office and studio Leased 22,000 sq. ft. Dec. 2014
Metcalf, FL Transmission tower site Owned 182 acres --
</TABLE>
67
<PAGE>
PUBLISHING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OWNED APPROXIMATE EXPIRATION
COMPANY/PROPERTY LOCATION USE OR LEASED SIZE OF LEASE
- ------------------------------------ -------------------------- ----------- -------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
The Albany Herald Publishing See above See above See above See above
Company, Inc.
The Rockdale Citizen Publishing
Company
Conyers, GA Offices, printing press Owned 20,000 sq. ft. --
and production facility
for THE ROCKDALE CITIZEN
Lawrenceville, GA Offices and production Leased 11,000 sq. ft. 11/97
facilities of the
GWINNETT DAILY POST
The Southwest Georgia Shoppers Inc.
Tallahassee, FL Offices Owned 5,500 sq. ft. --
</TABLE>
PAGING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OWNED APPROXIMATE EXPIRATION
COMPANY/PROPERTY LOCATION USE OR LEASED SIZE OF LEASE
- ------------------------------------ -------------------------- ----------- -------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Albany GA Office Leased 800 sq. ft. Mar. 1996
Columbus, GA Office Leased 1,000 sq. ft. July 1997
Dothan, AL Office Leased 800 sq. ft. Feb. 1995
Macon, GA Office Leased 1,260 sq. ft. July 1998
Tallahassee, GA Office Leased 2,400 sq. ft. Month to Month
Thomasville, GA Office Leased 300 sq. ft. Month to Month
Valdosta, GA Office Leased 400 sq. ft. May 1997
Panama City, FL Office Leased 1,050 sq. ft. Jan. 1998
</TABLE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There is no threatened or pending litigation or proceedings that management
believes will have a material adverse effect, either individually or in the
aggregate, upon the Company.
68
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Set forth below is certain information concerning each of the directors and
executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE TITLE
- ---------------------------- --- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Ralph W. Gabbard* 50 Director and President of the Company
William A. Fielder III 37 Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Sabra H. Cowart 29 Controller, Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary
Robert A. Beizer 56 Vice President for Law and Development and Secretary
Thomas J. Stultz 44 Vice President
Joseph A. Carriere 62 Vice President-Corporate Sales
William E. Mayher III* 56 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Richard L. Boger*+ 49 Director
Hilton H. Howell, Jr.** 34 Director
Howell W. Newton** 49 Director
Hugh Norton 63 Director
Robert S. Prather, Jr.*+ 51 Director
J. Mack Robinson*+ 72 Director
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Member of the Executive Committee
** Member of the Audit Committee
+ Member of the Management Personnel Committee
Mr. Gabbard has been President and director of the Company since December 1,
1995. He served as a Vice President of the Company and as President and Chief
Operating Officer of the Company's broadcast operations from September 2, 1994
until his election as President of the Company. He was president and general
manager of Kentucky Central Television, Inc., the former owner of WKYT and WYMT,
from 1982 to 1994. Mr. Gabbard is Chairman of the National Association of
Broadcasters Television Board of Directors and Chairman of the CBS Affiliates
Advisory Board.
Mr. Fielder has been a Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of the
Company since August 1993. From April 1991 until his appointment as Chief
Financial Officer, he was Controller of the Company. Prior to being appointed
controller of the Company in April 1991, he was employed by Ernst & Young LLP,
an accounting firm, which are the independent auditors of the Company.
Ms. Cowart has been Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company
since April 1995. In February 1996 Ms. Cowart was appointed Assistant Secretary
of the Company. From March 1994 until her appointment as Controller and Chief
Accounting Officer, Ms. Cowart was the corporate accounting manager for the
Company. Prior to joining the Company, she was employed by Deloitte & Touche
LLP, an accounting firm, from 1989 to 1994.
Mr. Beizer has been Vice President for Law and Development and Secretary of
the Company since February 1996. From June 1994 to February 1996, he was of
counsel to Venable, Baetjer, Howard & Civiletti, a law firm, in its regulatory
and legislative practice group. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Beizer was a partner at
the law firm of Sidley & Austin and was head of its communications practice
group in Washington, D.C. He has represented newspaper and broadcasting
companies, including the Company, before the Federal Communications Commission
for over 25 years. He is a past president of the Federal Communications Bar
Association and a member of the ABA House of Delegates.
Mr. Stultz has been a Vice President of the Company and the President of the
Company's publishing division since February 1996. From 1990 to 1995, he was
employed by Multimedia, Inc. as a vice president and from 1988 to 1990, as vice
president of marketing.
69
<PAGE>
Mr. Carriere has been Vice President of Corporate Sales since February 1996.
From November 1994 until his appointment as Vice President, he served as
President and General Manager of KTVE Inc., a subsidiary of the Company. Prior
to joining the Company in 1994, Mr. Carriere was employed by Withers
Broadcasting Company of Colorado as General Manager from 1991 to 1994. He has
served as a past chairman of the CBS Advisory Board and the National Association
of Broadcasters.
Dr. Mayher has been a surgeon since prior to 1991 and has been a director of
the Company since 1990. He has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors
since August 1993.
Mr. Boger has been the President and chief executive officer of Export
Insurance Services, Inc., an insurance company, and a director of CornerCap
Group of Funds, a "Series" investment company since prior to 1991. He has been a
director of the Company since 1991.
Mr. Howell has been President and chief executive officer of Atlantic
American Corporation, an insurance holding company, since May 1995. He has been
Executive Vice President of Delta Life Insurance Company and Delta Fire &
Insurance Company since 1994 and Executive Vice President of Atlantic American
Life Insurance Company, Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance Company and Georgia
Casualty & Surety Company since 1992. In addition, since 1994, he has served as
a Vice President and Secretary of Bull Run, a designer and manufacturer of dot
matrix printers. He is also a director of the following corporations: Bull Run,
Atlantic American Corporation, Atlantic American Life Insurance Company, Bankers
Fidelity Life Insurance Company, Delta Life Insurance Company, Delta Fire and
Casualty Insurance Company, Georgia Casualty & Surety Company, American Southern
Insurance Company and American Safety Insurance Company. From 1989 to 1991, Mr.
Howell practiced law in Houston, Texas with the law firm of Liddell, Sapp,
Zivley, Hill & LaBoon. He has been a director of the Company since 1993. He is
the son-in-law of J. Mack Robinson.
Mr. Newton has been the President and Treasurer of Trio Manufacturing Co., a
textile manufacturing company, since prior to 1991 and a director of the Company
since 1991.
Mr. Norton has been the President of Norco, Inc., an insurance agency, since
prior to 1991 and a director of the Company since 1987.
Mr. Prather has been the President and chief executive officer of Bull Run
since July 1992 and a director of Bull Run since 1992. Prior to that time, he
was President and chief executive officer of Phoenix Corporation, a steel
service center. Mr. Prather has been a director of the Company since 1993.
Mr. Robinson has been chairman of the board of Bull Run since March 1994,
chairman of the board and President of Delta Life Insurance Company since 1958,
President of Atlantic American Corporation, an insurance holding company, from
1988 until 1995 and chairman of the board of Atlantic American Corporation since
1995. He is also a director of the following corporations: Bull Run, Atlantic
American Life Insurance Company, Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance Company, Delta
Life Insurance Company, Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance Company and Georgia
Casualty & Surety Company and director EMERITUS of Wachovia Corporation. He has
been a director of the Company since 1993.
Each director holds office until the Company's next annual meeting of the
shareholders and until his successor is elected and qualified. Officers are
elected annually by the Board of Directors and hold office at the discretion of
the Board.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
GENERAL. The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation of
the Company's President, its former chief executive officer and the other
executive officers whose total annual compensation exceeded $100,000 during the
year ended December 31, 1995 ("named executives"). Mr. John T. Williams resigned
as President, Chief Executive Officer and director and was replaced by Mr. Ralph
W. Gabbard effective December 1, 1995.
70
<PAGE>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG TERM COMPENSATION
-------------------------------------------
AWARDS
-------------------------
SECURITIES
ANNUAL COMPENSATION UNDERLYING
NAME AND -------------------------- RESTRICTED OPTIONS/ ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS STOCK AWARDS SARS(#) COMPENSATION(1)
- ---------------------------------------- ---- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John T. Williams, 1995 $285,000 $ - $2,081,250(2) $ - $ 606,266(2)
President, Chief Executive Officer and 1994 286,867 71,910 - - 2,112
Director (2) 1993 258,400 112,500 - - 1,950
Ralph W. Gabbard, 1995(3) 261,000 150,000 - 15,000 12,628
President, Director 1994 77,000 118,941 - 30,509 1,200,000(4)
1993(5) - - - - -
William A. Fielder, III, 1995 105,000 22,050 - 3,000 9,188(6)
Vice President and Chief Financial 1994 95,000 - - - 6,055(6)
Officer 1993 88,161 - - 7,500 6,040(6)
Joseph A. Carriere, 1995 115,000 65,922 - 3,750 878
Vice President Corporate Sales 1994(7) 6,635 - - - -
1993(5) - - - -
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) All other compensation includes the Company's matching contributions to its
401(k) plan and insurance premiums paid on behalf of the executive officer.
(2) Mr. Williams resigned his position as President, Chief Executive Officer
and director of the Company effective December 1, 1995. Upon his
resignation, his employment agreement with the Company was amended to pay
consulting fees of approximately $596,000 over the two-year period ending
November 1997. Additionally, the Company issued 150,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock to him in accordance with his employment agreement, which was
amended to remove certain restrictions on such shares.
(3) Mr. Gabbard was elected President and director of the Company in December
1995. Prior to this election he served as Vice President of the Company and
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company's broadcast operations
from September 2, 1994 to December 1995.
(4) Mr. Gabbard has an employment agreement with the Company which provides him
with 122,034 shares of Class A Common Stock if his employment with the
Company continues until September 1999. The Company will recognize
approximately $1.2 million of compensation expense for this award over the
five-year period. Approximately $80,000 and $240,000 of expense was
recorded in 1994 and 1995, respectively.
(5) Not employed by the Company during this year.
(6) All other compensation includes amounts accrued for supplemental retirement
benefits.
(7) Mr. Carriere joined the Company in November 1994 as President and General
Manager of KTVE Inc.
STOCK OPTIONS GRANTED. The following table contains information on stock
options granted to the Company's President and the named executives during the
year ended December 31, 1995. Under the Company's 1992 Long Term Incentive Plan
(the "Incentive Plan") all officers and key employees are eligible for grants of
stock options and other stock-based awards. Options granted are exercisable over
a three year period beginning on the second anniversary of the grant date and
expire one month after termination of employment. The total number of shares of
Class A Common Stock issuable under the Incentive Plan is not to exceed 600,000
shares, subject to adjustment in the event of any change in the outstanding
shares of such stock by reason of a stock dividend, stock split,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other similar changes generally
affecting stockholders of the Company.
The Incentive Plan is administered by the members of the Management
Personnel Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") who are not
eligible for selection as participants under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive
Plan is intended to provide additional incentives and motivation for the
Company's employees. The Committee, by majority action thereof, is authorized in
its sole discretion to determine the individuals to whom the benefits will be
granted, the type and amount of such benefits and the terms thereof; and to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Incentive
Plan, among other things.
71
<PAGE>
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
AT
NUMBER OF % OF TOTAL ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
SECURITIES OPTIONS STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE OR FOR OPTION TERM(1)
OPTIONS EMPLOYEES IN BASE PRICE EXPIRATION --------------------------
NAME GRANTED FISCAL YEAR ($/SHARE) DATE 5%($) 10%($)
- --------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Ralph W. Gabbard 15,000 25.8% $13.33 3/30/00 $55,242 $122,071
William A. Fielder, III 3,000 5.2% $13.33 3/30/00 $11,048 $24,414
Joseph A. Carriere 3,750 6.5% $13.33 3/30/00 $13,811 $30,518
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Amounts reported in these columns represent amounts that may be realized
upon exercise of options immediately prior to the expiration of their term
assuming the specified compounded rates of appreciation (5% and 10%) on the
Class A Common Stock over the term of the options. These numbers are
calculated based on rules promulgated by the Commission and do not reflect
the Company's estimate of future stock price growth. Actual gains, if any,
on stock option exercises and Class A Common Stock holdings are dependent on
the timing of such exercise and the future performance of the Class A Common
Stock. There can be no assurance that the rates of appreciation assumed in
this table can be achieved or that the amounts reflected will be received by
the option holder.
STOCK OPTIONS EXERCISED. The following table sets forth information about
unexercised stock options held by the named executives. No stock options were
exercised by such officers during 1995.
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND
FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-
NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT FY
OPTIONS AT FY END(#) END($) EXERCISABLE/
NAME EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Ralph W. Gabbard 0/45,509 $0/$318,553
William A. Fielder, III 7,500/3,000 $61,562/$13,625
Joseph A. Carriere 0/3,750 $0/$17,031
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Closing price of Class A Common Stock at December 31, 1995 was $17 7/8 per
share.
SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN. The Company has entered into agreements with
certain key employees to provide these employees with supplemental retirement
benefits. The benefits are disbursed after retirement in contractually
predetermined payments of equal monthly amounts over the employee's life, or the
life of a surviving eligible spouse for a maximum of 15 years. The Company
maintains life insurance coverage on these individuals in adequate amounts to
fund the agreements.
RETIREMENT PLAN. The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan,
intended to be tax qualified, for certain of its employees and the employees of
any of its subsidiaries which have been designated as participating companies
under the plan. A participating employee who retires on or after attaining age
65 and who has completed five years of service upon retirement may be eligible
to receive during his lifetime, in the form of monthly payments, an annual
pension equal to (i) 22% of the employee's average earnings for the highest five
consecutive years during the employee's final 10 years of employment multiplied
by a factor, the numerator of which is the employee's years of service credited
under the plan before 1994 and the denominator of which is the greater of 25 or
the years of service credited under the plan, plus (ii) .9% of the employee's
monthly average earnings for the highest five consecutive years in the
employee's final ten years of employment added to .6% of monthly average
earnings in excess of Social Security covered compensation, and multiplied by
the employee's years of service credited under the plan after 1993, with a
maximum of 25 years minus years of service credited under (i) above. For
participants as of December 31, 1993, there is a
72
<PAGE>
minimum benefit equal to the projected benefit under (i) at that time. For
purposes of illustration, pensions estimated to be payable upon retirement of
participating employees in specified salary classifications are shown in the
following table:
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS OF SERVICE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REMUNERATION(1) 10 15 20 25 30 35
- ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 15,000 $1,326 $1,986 $2,646 $3,306 $3,300 $3,300
25,000 2,210 3,310 4,410 5,510 5,500 5,500
50,000 4,709 6,909 9,109 11,309 11,000 11,000
75,000 7,219 10,519 13,819 17,119 16,500 16,500
100,000 9,729 14,129 18,529 22,929 22,000 22,000
150,000 14,749 21,349 27,949 34,549 33,000 33,000
200,000 18,269 27,069 35,869 44,669 41,067 41,486
250,000 and above 19,622 29,268 38,914 48,560 45,014 45,473
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Five-year average annual compensation
Employees may become participants in the plan, provided that they have
attained age 21 and have completed one year of service. Average earnings are
based upon the salary paid to a participating employee by a participating
company. Pension compensation for a particular year as used for the calculation
of retirement benefits includes salaries, overtime pay, commissions and
incentive payments received during the year and the employee's contribution to
the Capital Accumulation Plan (as defined). Pension compensation for 1995
differs from compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table in that
pension compensation includes any annual incentive awards received in 1995 for
services in 1994 rather than the incentive awards paid in 1996 for services in
1995. The maximum annual compensation considered for pension benefits under the
plan in 1995 was $150,000.
As of December 31, 1995, full years of actual credited service in this plan
are Mr. Williams-3 years; Mr. Fielder-4 years; and Mr. Carriere-1 year. Mr.
Gabbard had no full years of credited service under the plan at December 31,
1995.
CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN. Effective October 1, 1994, the Company adopted
the Gray Communications Systems, Inc. Capital Accumulation Plan (the "Capital
Accumulation Plan") for the purpose of providing additional retirement benefits
for substantially all employees. The Capital Accumulation Plan is intended to
meet the requirements of section 401(k) of the Code.
Contributions to the Capital Accumulation Plan are made by the employees of
the Company. The Company matches a percentage of each employee's contribution
which does not exceed 6% of the employee's gross pay. The percentage match is
made with a contribution of Class A Common Stock and is declared by the Board of
Directors before the beginning of each Capital Accumulation Plan year. The
percentage match declared for the year ended December 31, 1995 was 50%. The
Company's matching contributions vest based upon the employees' number of years
of service, over a period not to exceed five years. The Company has registered
150,000 shares of Class A Common Stock for issuance to the Capital Accumulation
Plan.
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
Directors who are not employed by the Company receive an annual fee of
$6,000. Nonemployee directors are paid $500 for attendance at meetings of the
Board of Directors and $500 for attendance at meetings of Committees of the
Board. Committee chairmen, not employed by the Company, receive an additional
fee of $800 for each meeting they attend. Any outside director who serves as
Chairman of the
73
<PAGE>
Board receives an annual retainer of $12,000. Outside directors are paid 40% of
the usual fee arrangement for attending any special meeting of the Board of
Directors or any Committee thereof conducted by telephone.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
In May 1992, John T. Williams, former President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company, entered into an employment agreement with the Company. This
Agreement provided for additional compensation based upon the performance of the
Company's stock price over a five-year period ending in 1997. Under this
agreement, the Company issued 150,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the
"Common Stock Award"), with certain restrictions, in three separate awards, to
Mr. Williams during 1995. The Company recorded approximately $2.1 million in
compensation expense in 1995 relating to these awards. In December 1995, Mr.
Williams resigned his position as President, Chief Executive Officer and
director of the Company. Upon his resignation, the Company amended his existing
employment agreement to pay him consulting fees of approximately $596,000
through November 1997 and remove certain restrictions on the Common Stock Award,
including among others, a time requirement for continued employment.
Ralph W. Gabbard and the Company entered into an employment agreement, dated
September 3, 1994, for a five year term. The agreement provides for annual
compensation of $250,000 during the term of the agreement (subject to yearly
inflation adjustment) and entitles Mr. Gabbard to certain fringe benefits. In
addition to his annual compensation, Mr. Gabbard is entitled to participate in
an annual incentive compensation plan and the Incentive Plan. Under the annual
incentive compensation plan, Mr. Gabbard is eligible to receive additional
compensation if the operating profits of the broadcasting group of the Company
reaches or exceeds certain goals. Under the Incentive Plan, Mr. Gabbard has
received non-qualified stock options to purchase 30,509 shares of Class A Common
Stock. These options are exercisable over a three year period beginning
September 1996. The exercise price for such options is $9.66. Upon the fifth
anniversary of Mr. Gabbard's employment with the Company, Mr. Gabbard shall
receive 122,034 shares of Class A Common Stock. In February 1996, the Board of
Directors of the Company approved an amendment, effective January 1, 1996, to
increase his base salary from $250,000 to $300,000 and to provide for additional
annual compensation of a minimum of $200,000 if certain operating profit levels
are achieved.
Mr. Gabbard has agreed that during the term of his agreement and for two
years thereafter, he will be subject to certain non-competition provisions.
William A. Fielder, III, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, has an employment agreement with the Company dated April 1991, which
was amended March 1993, to provide for the continuation of his annual salary
(currently $135,000) for a period of one year in the event of termination
without cause.
Robert A. Beizer and the Company entered into an employment agreement dated
as of February 12, 1996 for a two-year term which automatically renews for three
successive one-year periods, subject to certain termination provisions. The
agreement provides that Mr. Beizer shall be employed as Vice President for Law
and Development of the Company, with an initial annual base salary of $200,000
and a grant of options to purchase 15,000 shares of Class A Common Stock with an
exercise price of $19.375 per share under the Incentive Plan at the inception of
his employment. Mr. Beizer's base salary shall be increased yearly, based upon a
cost of living index. Mr. Beizer is also to receive options to purchase 7,000
shares of Class A Common Stock annually during the term of the agreement. All
options granted are exercisable over a three year period upon the second
anniversary of the grant date. If there is a change of control of the Company,
Mr. Beizer will be paid a lump sum amount equal to his then current base salary
for the remaining term of the agreement and will be granted any remaining stock
options to which he would have been entitled. Mr. Beizer has agreed that during
the term of his agreement and for two years thereafter, he will be subject to
certain non-competition provisions.
74
<PAGE>
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to
stockholders who are known by the Company to be the beneficial owners of more
than 5% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by directors and named executive
officers of the Company, individually, and all directors and executive officers
of the Company as a group as of April 15, 1996. Except as indicated below, none
of such stockholders own, or have the right to acquire, any shares of Class B
Common Stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS OF SHARES BENEFICIALLY
BENEFICIAL OWNER OWNED PERCENT OF CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Bull Run Corporation (1) 1,211,590 27.1%
George H. Nader (2) 240,899 5.4%
Ralph W. Gabbard 917 *
William A. Fielder III (3) 8,515 *
Sabra H. Cowart 181 *
Robert A. Beizer -- *
Thomas J. Stultz 1,500 *
Joseph A. Carriere 562 *
William E. Mayher III (3) 16,500 *
Richard L. Boger (3) 24,150 *
Hilton H. Howell, Jr. (3)(4)(5)(6) 69,150 1.5%
Howell W. Newton 9,250 *
Hugh Norton 16,500 *
Robert S. Prather, Jr. (3)(4)(7) 30,750 *
J. Mack Robinson (3)(4)(6)(8) 791,940 17.7%
John T. Williams (9) 78,752 1.8%
All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons) 1,048,667 23.5%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Less than 1%.
(1) Owned by Bull Run through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Datasouth Computer
Corporation. The address of Bull Run is 4370 Peachtree Road, Atlanta,
Georgia 30319.
(2) Mr. Nader's address is P.O. Box 271, 1011 Fifth Avenue, West Point, Georgia
31833.
(3) Includes 7,500 currently exercisable options.
(4) Excludes shares owned by Bull Run. Messrs. Howell, Prather and Robinson are
directors and officers of Bull Run. Messrs. Prather and Robinson are
principal shareholders of Bull Run.
(5) Includes 39,050 shares owned by Mr. Howell's wife, as to which shares Mr.
Howell disclaims beneficial ownership. Excludes 63,000 shares held in trust
for Mr. Howell's wife.
(6) Excludes as to Mr. Howell, and includes as to Mr. Robinson, an aggregate of
297,540 shares owned by certain companies of which Mr. Howell is an officer
and director and Mr. Robinson is an officer, director and a principal or
sole stockholder.
(7) Includes 150 shares owned by Mr. Prather's wife, as to which shares Mr.
Prather disclaims beneficial ownership.
(8) Includes an aggregate of 256,650 shares owned by Mr. Robinson's wife
directly and as trustee for their daughters, as to which shares Mr. Robinson
disclaims beneficial ownership. Mr. Robinson's address is 4370 Peachtree
Road, Atlanta, Georgia 30319.
(9) Mr. Williams resigned his position as President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company effective December 1, 1995.
75
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Gray Kentucky Television, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company ("Gray
Kentucky") is a party to a University of Kentucky Television Agreement with Host
Communications, Inc. ("Host"), pursuant to which Gray Kentucky is licensed by
Host to broadcast University of Kentucky football and basketball games. In
addition, Gray Kentucky provides Host with production services in connection
with television broadcasts of University of Kentucky football and basketball
games pursuant to a rights sharing agreement. During the year ended December 31,
1995, Gray received approximately $332,000 resulting from these arrangements.
Bull Run currently owns 51.5% of the outstanding common stock of Capital
Sports Properties, Inc. ("CSP"). CSP's assets consist of all of the outstanding
preferred stock of Host and warrants to purchase Host common stock. Bull Run
also owns approximately 9.4% of Host's currently outstanding common shares
directly, thereby giving Bull Run total direct and indirect ownership of Host of
approximately 29.7%, assuming conversion of all currently outstanding
exercisable stock options and warrants for Host common stock. Messrs. Ralph W.
Gabbard and Robert S. Prather, Jr., members of the Company's Board of Directors
are also members of the board of directors of both CSP and Host.
The Company's Board of Directors approved payments to Bull Run of finders
fees for the acquisition of the GWINNETT DAILY POST, the Augusta Acquisition and
the Phipps Acquisition. The Company agreed to pay finders fees of $75,000 and
$360,000 for the acquisition of GWINNETT DAILY POST and Augusta Acquisitions,
respectively. The Board of Directors has agreed to pay a finders fee of 1% of
the proposed purchase price of the Phipps Acquisition for services performed, of
which $550,000 was due and included in accounts payable at December 31, 1995.
On January 3, 1996, Bull Run purchased for $10 million from the Company (i)
the 8% Note in the principal amount of $10 million due in January 2005, with
interest payable quarterly beginning March 31, 1996 and (ii) warrants to
purchase 487,500 shares of Class A Common Stock at $17.88 per share, 300,000 of
which are currently fully vested, with the remaining warrants vesting in five
equal annual installments commencing January 3, 1997, provided that the 8% Note
is outstanding. The warrants must be approved by a majority of the Company's
shareholders, which is expected to occur at the Company's next annual meeting of
shareholders. The warrants may not be exercised prior to January 1998 and expire
in January 2006. The Company obtained a "fairness opinion" from The
Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc., one of the underwriters of this Offering,
relative to the terms and conditions of the 8% Note.
In connection with the issuance by the Company of the $10 million letter of
credit in the Phipps Acquisition, J. Mack Robinson, a director of the Company,
executed a put agreement in favor of the letter of credit issuer, which such
issuer can exercise if the Company defaults on the repayment of any amounts in
accordance with the terms of the letter of credit.
ISSUANCES OF PREFERRED STOCK
As part of the Financing, the 8% Note will be retired and the Company will
issue to Bull Run, in exchange therefor, 1,000 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock. Subject to certain limitations, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out
of funds of the Company legally available for payment, cash dividends at an
annual rate of $800 per share. The Series A Preferred Stock has priority as to
dividends over the Common Stock and any other series or class of the Company's
stock which ranks junior as to dividends as to Series A Preferred Stock. In case
of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a
liquidation price of $10,000 per share, plus an amount equal to any accrued and
unpaid dividends to the payment date, before any payment or distribution is made
to the holders of Common Stock or any other series or class of the Company's
stock which ranks junior as to liquidation rights to the Series A Preferred
Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part at any time, at $10,000 per share, plus an amount
equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date and such
redemption price may be paid, at the Company's option, in cash or in shares of
Class A Common Stock. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will not
be entitled to vote on any matter except (i) with respect to the authorization
or
76
<PAGE>
issuance of capital stock ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock and
with respect to certain amendments to the Company's Articles of Incorporation,
(ii) if the Company shall have failed to declare and pay dividends on the Series
A Preferred Stock for any six quarterly payment periods, in which event the
holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect two
additional directors to the Company's Board of Directors until the full
dividends accumulated have been declared and paid and (iii) as required by law.
In addition, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Company may not authorize or
issue a class or series of, or security convertible into, capital stock ranking
senior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends or the
distribution of assets, upon liquidation or adversely change the preferences or
powers of the Series A Preferred Stock.
In addition, as part of the Financing, the Company will issue to an
affiliate of the Company, for $10 million, 1,000 shares of Series B Preferred
Stock. Subject to certain limitations, holders of the Series B Preferred Stock
are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out
of funds of the Company legally available for payment, dividends of Series B
Preferred Stock at an annual rate of $600 per share, except that the Company at
its option may pay such dividends in cash or may add the amount of such
dividends to the then effective liquidation price of the Series B Preferred
Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock has priority as to dividends over the Common
Stock and any other series or class of the Company's stock which ranks junior as
to dividends as to the Series B Preferred Stock. In case of the voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of
the Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation price of
$10,000 per share, plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends to
the payment date, before any payment or distribution is made to the holders of
Common Stock or any other series or class of the Company's stock which ranks
junior as to liquidation rights to the Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B
Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part at any time, at $10,000 per share, plus an amount equal to any accrued and
unpaid dividends to the redemption date and such redemption price may be paid,
at the Company's option, in cash or in shares of Class A Common Stock. The
holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will not be entitled to vote on
any matter except (i) with respect to the authorization or issuance of capital
stock ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock and with respect to certain
amendments to the Company's Articles of Incorporation, (ii) if the Company shall
have failed to declare and pay dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for any
six quarterly payment periods, in which event the holders of the Series B
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect two additional directors to the
Company's Board of Directors until the full dividends accumulated have been
declared and paid and (iii) as required by law. In addition, without the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock, the Company may not authorize or issue a class or
series of, security convertible into, capital stock ranking senior to the Series
B Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets,
upon liquidation or adversely change the preferences or powers of the Series B
Preferred Stock.
In connection with the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock as part of
the Financing, (i) the Company will issue to an affiliate of the Company,
warrants entitling the holder thereof to purchase 500,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock at an exercise price equal to $24.00 per share. Of these warrants,
300,000 will vest upon issuance, with the remaining warrants vesting in five
equal installments commencing in the first anniversary of the date of issuance.
The warrants must be approved by a majority of the Company's shareholders, which
is expected to occur at the Company's next annual meeting of shareholders. They
may not be exercised prior to the second anniversary of the date of issuance and
will expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of issuance. The exercise price
and number of shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants will be subject to
adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain changes with respect
to the Class A Common Stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers and
similar events. The holder of these warrants does not have the right to receive
dividends or other rights of shareholders of the Company.
77
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
THE SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY
The Senior Credit Facility provides for borrowings of up to $55 million.
Funds available under the Senior Credit Facility may be used for working capital
and to pay for certain acquisitions and capital expenditures. As part of the
Financing and as a condition of the Concurrent Offering, the Company will amend
or replace the Senior Credit Facility and the Company is currently engaged in
negotiations with certain institutional lenders with respect thereto.
The Senior Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of
the Company and is guaranteed jointly and severally by all of the Company's
subsidiaries. Amounts owing under the Senior Credit Facility will be senior in
right of payment to the Notes and are PARI PASSU with the Senior Note. Amounts
borrowed under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest at the LIBOR rate plus a
floating percentage tied to the Company's ratio of total debt to operating cash
flow, which percentage ranges from 3.5% if the Company's ratio of total debt to
operating cash flow is 5.5 to one or greater, to 1.75% if such ratio is 3.25 to
one or less. The Company, at its option, may also utilize a customary prime rate
lending option. Any unused amounts available under the Senior Credit Facility
incur a 0.5% commitment fee.
Availability under the Senior Credit Facility is subject to quarterly
reductions of $750,000 to $2.0 million through September 2002, with two
quarterly installments of $7.0 million payable commencing in December 2002.
The Senior Credit Facility includes a number of covenants requiring the
Company to maintain certain operating ratios, including total debt to operating
cash flow, senior debt to operating cash flow, operating cash flow to interest
expense, operating cash flow to pro forma debt service, and operating cash flow
to trailing fixed charges. The Senior Credit Facility also includes a number of
covenants limiting, among other things, the Company's ability to make capital
expenditures in excess of $2.8 million, pay dividends, make acquisitions and
incur indebtedness, and will include customary events of default. As of December
31, 1995, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Augusta Acquisition,
the KTVE Sale, this Offering, the Phipps Acquisition, the Financing and the
Concurrent Offering, the Company would have been able to incur approximately
$41.7 million of additional indebtedness pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility,
none of which could have been borrowed thereunder due to the covenant
restrictions contained in the Senior Credit Facility.
The Senior Credit Facility will require the Company at the end of each
fiscal year beginning December 31, 1997 to apply 100% of Excess Cash Flow (as
defined) to permanently reduce indebtedness and availability under the Senior
Credit Facility. "Excess Cash Flow" is defined as operating cash flow (as
defined in the Senior Credit Facility) less the sum of (i) cash tax payments,
(ii) capital expenditures, (iii) cash interest expense, (iv) required principal
payments, (v) permitted dividends on the Company's capital stock, (vi) the
change in working capital and (vii) $1 million.
In addition, the Senior Credit Facility provides that the net proceeds from
sales of assets (excluding sales in the ordinary course of business) must be
used to permanently reduce any outstandings and availability under the Senior
Credit Facility.
THE SENIOR NOTE
On September 2, 1994, the Company issued to an institutional investor the
Senior Note in the principal amount of $25.0 million. The Senior Note provides
for semi-annual principal payments of $2.5 million begining March 1999. Interest
is payable semi-annually in arrears and the Senior Note, as amended on January
4, 1996, bears interest at 10.7% per annum. The agreement pursuant to which the
Senior Note was issued contains certain restrictive provisions, which, among
other things, limit capital expenditures and additional indebtedness, and
require minimum levels of net worth and cash flows. As part of the Financing,
the Company intends to amend the Senior Note to increase the interest rate to
11.2% per annum and to amend certain covenants.
78
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
Pursuant to the Concurrent Offering, the Company is offering $150,000,000
aggregate principal amount of its % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006.
Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on and
, commencing , 1996, at the rate of % per
annum. The Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the
Company on or after , 2001, at the redemption prices set forth in the
Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued (the "Indenture") plus
accrued interest to the date of redemption. In addition, at any time before
, 1999, the Company, at its option, may redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued with the net proceeds
of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined in the Indenture), other than
this Offering, at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture plus accrued
interest to the date of redemption; provided, however, that at least $97.5
million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes remain outstanding
immediately after any such redemption.
The Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company and
subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Debt (as defined in the
Indenture), including all indebtedness of the Company under the New Credit
Facility. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Notes will be guaranteed,
jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by certain of
the Company's subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Guarantors").
Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), each holder will
have the right to require the Company to repurchase such holder's Notes at a
price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date
of repurchase. If the Phipps Acquisition is not consummated prior to ,
1996, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes on or prior to
, 1996 at a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount of
the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption. At
any time prior to , 1996, if the Phipps Acquisition has not been
consummated, the Company, may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not
in part, at a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption. In addition,
the Company will be obligated to offer to repurchase Notes at 100% of their
principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase in the event of
certain asset sales.
The Indenture will impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company
and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay
dividends or make certain other restricted payments, consummate certain asset
sales, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, incur indebtedness that
is subordinate in right of payment to any senior debt or guarantor senior debt
and senior in right of payment to the Notes or any subsidiary guarantor, incur
liens, impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or
make certain payments to the Company, merge or consolidate with any other person
or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
GENERAL
The following descriptions of certain terms of the Class A Common Stock,
Class B Common Stock, preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock") and the Company's
warrants are intended as summaries only and are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the complete text of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company
and such warrants.
CLASS A AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK
VOTING. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to 10 votes per share.
Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. All actions
submitted to a vote of shareholders are voted on by holders of Class A and Class
B Common Stock voting together as a single class, except as otherwise provided
by law.
79
<PAGE>
DIVIDENDS. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to receive cash
dividends on an equal per share basis as Class A Common Stock if and when such
dividends are declared by the Board of Directors of the Company from funds
legally available therefor.
LIQUIDATION. Holders of Class A and Class B Common Stock share with each
other on a ratable basis as a single class in the net assets of the Company
available for distribution in respect to Class A and Class B Common Stock in the
event of liquidation.
CLASS B PROTECTION FEATURE. Voting rights disproportionate to equity
ownership may be acquired through acquisitions of Class A Common Stock without
corresponding purchases of Class B Common Stock. The Class B Protection Feature
is intended to make it more difficult for a buyer who has not acquired a
proportionate share of the Class B Common Stock to acquire a significant block
(20% or more) of the Class A Common Stock. Although the Class B Protection
Feature might make the Company a less attractive target for a takeover bid, the
Class B Protection Feature is intended to help reduce or eliminate any disparity
in the prices at which the two classes of Common Stock might trade and to give
holders of the Class B Common Stock the opportunity to participate in any
premium that might be paid for such a significant block of the Class A Common
Stock.
If, after June 17, 1996, any person or group acquires (other than upon
issuance or sale by the Company, by operation of law, by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, by charitable contribution or gift, or by foreclosure
of a bona fide loan) beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Class A Common
Stock (a "Significant Shareholder"), and such person or group does not
immediately after such acquisition beneficially own an equal or greater
percentage of Class B Common Stock, the Class B Protection Feature requires that
such Significant Shareholder, within a 90-day period beginning the day after
becoming a Significant Shareholder, commence a public tender offer to acquire up
to a specified additional number of shares of Class B Common Stock (a "Class B
Protection Transaction"). The requirement to engage in a Class B Protection
Transaction is satisfied by making the requisite offer and purchasing validly
rendered shares, even if the number of shares tendered is less than the number
of shares included in the required offer. The 20% beneficial ownership threshold
which triggers the Class B Protection Feature cannot be waived by the Board, and
the Class B Protection Feature cannot be amended without the approval of the
holders of a majority of the Class A Common Stock and two-thirds of the Class B
Common Stock, voting separately as classes.
In a Class B Protection Transaction, the Significant Shareholder must offer
to acquire from the holders of the Class B Common Stock that number of shares of
Class B Common Stock (the "Additional Shares") determined by (i) multiplying (a)
the percentage of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by such Significant
Shareholder which were acquired after June 17, 1996, by (b) the total number of
shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding on the date such person or group
became a Significant Shareholder, and (ii) subtracting therefrom the total
number of shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by such Significant
Shareholder on such date (including shares acquired on or prior to the time such
person or group became a Significant Shareholder). The Significant Shareholder
must acquire all shares validly tendered or, if the number of shares tendered
exceeds the number determined pursuant to such formula, a pro rata amount from
each tendering holder.
The offer price for any shares of Class B Common Stock required to be
purchased by the Significant Shareholder pursuant to a Class B Protection
Transaction is the greater of (i) the highest price per share paid by the
Significant Shareholder for either class of Common Stock in the six-month period
ending on the date such person or group became a Significant Shareholder and
(ii) the highest price per share of either class of Common Stock on the New York
Stock Exchange (or such other quotation system or securities exchange
constituting the principal trading market for either class of Common Stock)
during the 30 calendar days preceding the acquisition of the shares of Class A
Common Stock giving rise to the Class B Protection Feature.
If a Significant Shareholder fails to undertake a Class B Protection
Transaction, the voting rights of the shares of Class A Common Stock
beneficially owned by such Significant Shareholder that exceeded such holder's
comparable percentage of Class B Common Stock would be suspended until
completion of a Class B Protection Transaction or until divestiture of the
shares of Class A Common Stock that triggered such
80
<PAGE>
requirement. To the extent that the voting power of any shares of Class A Common
Stock is so suspended, such shares will not be included in the determination of
aggregate voting shares for any purpose. Neither the Class B Protection
Transaction requirement not the related penalty applies to any increase in
percentage ownership of Class A Common Stock resulting solely from a change in
the total amount of Class A Common Stock outstanding.
A Class B Protection Transaction is also required each time a Significant
Shareholder acquires (other than upon issuance or sale by the Company, by
operation of law, by will or the laws of descent and distribution, by charitable
contribution or gift, or by foreclosure of a bona fide loan) an additional 5% of
the Class A Common Stock after the last acquisition which triggered the
requirement for a Class B Protection Transaction, if such Significant
Shareholder does not immediately after such acquisition beneficially own an
equal or greater percentage of Class B Common Stock. Such Significant
Shareholder would be required to offer to buy that number of additional shares
required to equalize the percentage ownership of each class, even if a previous
Class B Protection Transaction resulted in fewer shares of Class B Common Stock
being tendered than such previous offer included.
For purposes of the Class B Protection Feature, the terms "beneficial
ownership" and "group" generally have the same meanings as used in Regulation
13D promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Company's
Articles of Incorporation. In addition, only shares of Class B Common Stock
acquired by a Significant Shareholder for an "equitable price" shall be treated
as being beneficially owned by such Significant Shareholder. An "equitable
price" will be deemed to have been paid only when shares of Class B Common Stock
have been acquired at a price at least equal to the greater of (i) the highest
price per share paid by the Significant Shareholder for either class of the
Common Stock in the six-month period ending on the date such person or group
became a Significant Shareholder and (ii) the highest price per share of either
class of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (or such other quotation
system or securities exchange constituting the principal trading market for
either class of Common Stock) during the 30 calendar days preceding the date
such person or group became a Significant Shareholder.
Since the definition of Significant Shareholder is based on the beneficial
ownership percentage of Class A Common Stock acquired after June 17, 1996, a
person or group who is a shareholder of the Company on that date will not become
a Significant Shareholder unless such person or group acquires beneficial
ownership of an additional 20% of the then issued and outstanding Class A Common
Stock, regardless of the percentage of Common Stock beneficially owned by such
person or group immediately prior to June 17, 1996.
The Class B Protection Feature does not prevent any person or group from
acquiring a significant or controlling interest in the Company, provided such
person or group acquires a proportionate percentage of the Class B Common Stock,
undertakes a Class B Protecting Transaction or suffers suspension of the voting
rights of certain shares of Common Stock as provided by the Class B Protection
Feature. If a Class B Protection Transaction is required, the purchase price to
be paid in such offer may be higher than the price at which a Significant
Shareholder might otherwise be able to acquire an identical amount of Class B
Common Stock. Such requirement, therefore, could make an acquisition of a
significant or controlling interest in the Company more expensive and, if a
Class B Protection Transaction is required, time consuming, than if such
requirement did not exist. Consequently, a person or group might be deterred
from acquiring a significant or controlling interest in the Company as a result
of such requirement. Moreover, by restricting the ability of an acquiror to
acquire a significant interest in the Class A Common Stock by paying a "control
premium" for such stock without acquiring, or paying a similar premium for,
Class B Common Stock, the Class B Protection Feature should help to reduce or
eliminate any discount on either class of Common Stock.
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. The holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock do not have preemptive rights enabling them to subscribe for or
receive shares of any class of stock of the Company or any other securities
convertible into shares of any class of stock of the Company.
81
<PAGE>
PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS
GENERAL. The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock. The Board of Directors of the Company, without further shareholder
approval, has the authority to issue, at any time and from time to time, the
Preferred Stock of any series and, in connection with the creation of each such
series, to fix the number of shares of such series and the relative rights,
powers, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such series
to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of Georgia. For a
description of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and the
Company's warrants, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
The Articles of Incorporation provide that the directors of the Company will
not be personally liable for monetary damages to the Company for certain
breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability (i) for any
appropriation, in violation of such director's duties, of any business
opportunity of the Company, (ii) for acts or omissions which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful corporate
distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit. This provision would have no effect on the
availability of equitable remedies or non-monetary relief, such as an injunction
or rescission for breach of duty of care. In addition, the provision applies
only to claims against a director arising out of his role as a director and not
in any other capacity (such as an officer or employee of the Company). Directors
will, however, no longer be liable for monetary damages arising from decisions
involving violations of the duty of care which could be deemed grossly
negligent.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Mellon Securities Trust Company will be the Transfer Agent and Registrar for
the Class B Common Stock.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding
4,462,832 shares of Class A Common Stock based upon shares outstanding as of
March 31, 1996 and 3,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding
(assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option). Of these
shares, 2,311,747 shares of Class A Common Stock and all of the Class B Common
Stock sold in this Offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or
limitation under the Securities Act, except for any shares held or purchased by
"affiliates" or persons acting as "underwriters," as these terms are defined
under the Securities Act.
Approximately 2,140,085 shares of Class A Common Stock held by existing
shareholders may not be sold unless they are registered under the Securities Act
or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as the exemptions
provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned
shares for at least a two-year period (as computed under Rule 144) is entitled
to sell within any three-month period up to the number of Restricted Shares that
does not exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the then outstanding shares of
Common Stock of such class or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in the
related class of Common Stock of such Class during the four calendar weeks
immediately preceding the date on which the notice of sale is filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to certain manner of sale
provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public
information about the Company. In addition, restricted shares (within the
meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) that have been held by a person
who is not an "affiliate" of the Company for at least three years may be sold
under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations or current public
information or manner of sale requirements of Rule 144.
In addition, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and
options or warrants to acquire an additional shares of Class A Common Stock,
including the Company's directors and executive officers and Bull Run and its
affiliates have agreed that they will not sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of
82
<PAGE>
Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or
exchangeable for, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock without the prior
consent of The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc. for a period of 180 days from the
date of this Prospectus. See "Underwriting."
Prior to this Offering, there has not been any public market for the Class B
Common Stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market
sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market
price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts
of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock in the public market could
adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of the Company to
raise equity capital in the future. See "Risk Factors--No Prior Public Market."
83
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Underwriters named below, for whom The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.
("Robinson-Humphrey"), Allen & Company Incorporated ("Allen & Company"), J.C.
Bradford & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ("J.P. Morgan") are acting as
representatives (collectively, the "Representatives"), have severally agreed to
purchase from the Company and the Company has agreed to sell to the
Underwriters, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock set forth opposite
their respective names below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES
-----------------
<S> <C>
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.............................................................
Allen & Company Incorporated...................................................................
J.C. Bradford & Co.............................................................................
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.....................................................................
-------
Total........................................................................................
-------
-------
</TABLE>
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriers thereunder are subject to approval of certain legal matters by
counsel and to various other conditions. The nature of the Underwriters'
obligations is such that they are committed to purchase all shares of Class B
Common Stock offered hereby if any are purchased.
The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class B Common Stock
directly to the public at the Price to Public set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in
excess of $ per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per share in sales to certain other
dealers. After the Offering, the Price to Public and other selling terms may be
changed.
The Company, Bull Run and its affiliates and each of the Company's directors
and executive officers have agreed that they will not offer, sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into, or
exercisable or exchangeable for, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock,
subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Robinson-Humphrey.
The Company has granted the Underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days
after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to 525,000 additional shares of
Class B Common Stock to cover-allotments, if any, at the public offering price
less the underwriting discount, as set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus. If the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the
Underwriters have severally agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase
approximately the same percentage thereof that the number of shares to be
purchased by each of them, as shown in the foregoing table, bears to the
3,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock offered hereby. The Underwriters may
exercise such option only to cover over-allotments in connection with the sale
of the shares of Class B Common Stock offered hereby.
Prior to this Offering there has been no public market for the Class B
Common Stock. The initial offering price of the Class B Common Stock will be
based on the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the date of offering
and will be determined through negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriters. There can be no assurance that the market price of the Class B
Common Stock subsequent to this Offering will correlate to the market price of
the Class A Common Stock. The Company intends to apply to list the Class B
Common Stock on the NYSE. The Underwriters have advised the NYSE that they will
undertake to ensure that the NYSE share distribution standards required to be
satisfied for initial listing of the Class B Common Stock will be met.
Robinson-Humphrey, Allen & Company and J.P. Morgan are acting as
underwriters in connection with the Concurrent Offering and will receive
customary fees in connection therewith. Robinson-Humphrey will be rendering
investment banking advice in connection with the exchange of the 8% Note for
Series A
84
<PAGE>
Preferred Stock and the sale of the Series B Preferred Stock and warrants and
will receive customary fees in connection therewith. Robinson-Humphrey from time
to time has performed investment banking services for the Company and certain of
its affiliates, for which it has received customary fees.
The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of shares of Class B Common
Stock to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of Class B Common Stock offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by Heyman & Sizemore, Atlanta, Georgia. Certain
other legal matters in connection with this Offering will be passed upon for the
Company by Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP, New York, New York. Certain
legal matters in connection with this Offering will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by King & Spalding, Atlanta, Georgia.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Gray Communications
Systems, Inc. at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995, appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of WRDW-TV at December 31, 1995 and for the year
then ended appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report
thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such
report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.
The financial statements of WRDW-TV (an operating station of Television
Station Partners, L.P.) at December 31, 1994 and for the years ended December
31, 1993 and 1994 included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have
been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, and are included in
reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The financial statements and schedule of the Broadcasting and Paging
Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc. at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, appearing in this
Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere
herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act. This Prospectus does not contain all of
the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the schedules and
exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and the
Class B Common Stock, reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and
to the schedules and exhibits thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus
as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein are not
necessarily complete and where such contract or other document is an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, each such statement is qualified in all respects by
the provisions of such exhibit, to which reference is hereby made for a full
statement of the provisions thereof.
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and, in accordance
therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other
85
<PAGE>
information with the Commission. Such Registration Statements, reports, proxy
statements and other information filed by the Company with the Commission may be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities of the Commission at its
principal office at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices at Seven World
Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and at Room 3190, Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60061. Copies of
each such document may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at its principal office at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
The Company currently has outstanding Class A Common Stock, which is listed
on the NYSE. Reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the
Company can be inspected at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York,
New York 10005. Prior to the closing of this Offering, the Company intends to
amend its Articles of Incorporation in order to provide that holders of the
Class B Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per share and holders of the
Class A Common Stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share.
86
<PAGE>
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC. (THE "COMPANY")
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Auditors..................................................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and 1995.......................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995.............................................................................. F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1994 and 1995............................................................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
and 1995.......................................................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................................... F-7
WRDW-TV (THE "AUGUSTA BUSINESS")
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Reports of Independent Auditors.................................................... F-25
Balance Sheet at December 31, 1995................................................. F-26
Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 1995........................... F-27
Statement of Partnership's Equity for the year ended December 31, 1995............. F-28
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1995....................... F-29
Notes to Financial Statements...................................................... F-30
Independent Auditors' Report....................................................... F-33
Balance Sheet at December 31, 1994................................................. F-34
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994................ F-35
Statements of Partnership's Equity for the years ended December 31, 1993 and
1994.............................................................................. F-36
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994............ F-37
Notes to Financial Statements...................................................... F-38
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC. (THE "PHIPPS BUSINESS")
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Auditors..................................................... F-42
Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and 1995....................................... F-43
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995.......... F-44
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995...... F-45
Notes to Financial Statements...................................................... F-46
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Gray Communications Systems, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Gray
Communications Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. Our audits also
included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 14(a).
These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Gray
Communications Systems, Inc. at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the consolidated
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. Also, in our opinion the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Columbus, Georgia
February 14, 1996
F-2
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets (NOTE C):
Cash and cash equivalents $558,520 $559,991
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for
doubtful accounts of $694,000 and $450,000,
respectively 8,448,366 9,560,274
Recoverable income taxes -0- 1,347,007
Inventories 368,202 553,032
Current portion of program broadcast rights 1,195,633 1,153,058
Other current assets 247,687 263,600
----------- -----------
Total current assets 10,818,408 13,436,962
Property and equipment (NOTES B AND C):
Land 646,562 758,944
Buildings and improvements 8,594,343 8,630,694
Equipment 24,781,964 28,229,255
----------- -----------
34,022,869 37,618,893
Allowance for depreciation (17,999,752) (20,601,819)
----------- -----------
16,023,117 17,017,074
Other assets (NOTE C):
Deferred acquisition costs (NOTE B) -0- 3,330,481
Deferred loan costs 1,381,908 1,232,261
Goodwill and other intangibles (NOTE B) 38,538,413 42,004,050
Other 2,026,938 1,219,650
----------- -----------
41,947,259 47,786,442
----------- -----------
$68,788,784 $78,240,478
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable $2,114,008 $3,752,742
Employee compensation and benefits 3,150,154 4,213,639
Accrued expenses 512,483 560,877
Accrued interest 985,955 1,064,491
Current portion of program broadcast obligations 1,687,481 1,205,784
Current portion of long term debt 1,293,481 2,861,672
----------- -----------
Total current liabilities 9,743,562 13,659,205
Long-term debt (NOTE C) 51,646,265 51,462,645
Other long-term liabilities:
Program broadcast obligations, less current
portion 54,489 109,971
Supplemental employee benefits (NOTE D) 2,343,379 2,212,685
Deferred income taxes (NOTE F) -0- 201,348
Other acquisition related liabilities (NOTES B
AND C) -0- 1,609,026
----------- -----------
2,397,868 4,133,030
Commitments and contingencies (NOTES B, C AND H)
Stockholders' equity (NOTES B, C AND E)
Class A Common Stock, no par value; authorized
10,000,000 shares; issued 4,841,785 and
5,082,756 shares, respectively 3,393,747 6,795,976
Retained earnings 8,245,626 8,827,906
----------- -----------
11,639,373 15,623,882
Treasury Stock, 663,180 shares, at cost (6,638,284) (6,638,284)
----------- -----------
5,001,089 8,985,598
----------- -----------
$68,788,784 $78,240,478
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-3
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating revenues:
Broadcasting (less agency commissions) $15,003,752 $22,826,392 $36,750,035
Publishing 10,109,368 13,692,073 21,866,220
----------- ----------- -----------
25,113,120 36,518,465 58,616,255
Expenses:
Broadcasting 10,028,837 14,864,011 23,201,990
Publishing 7,662,127 11,198,011 20,016,137
Corporate and administrative 2,326,691 1,958,449 2,258,261
Depreciation 1,387,698 1,745,293 2,633,360
Amortization of intangible assets 177,063 396,342 1,325,526
Non-cash compensation paid in common
stock (NOTE D) -0- 80,000 2,321,250
----------- ----------- -----------
21,582,416 30,242,106 51,756,524
----------- ----------- -----------
3,530,704 6,276,359 6,859,731
Miscellaneous income and expense, net 202,465 188,307 143,612
----------- ----------- -----------
3,733,169 6,464,666 7,003,343
Interest expense 984,706 1,922,965 5,438,374
----------- ----------- -----------
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes 2,748,463 4,541,701 1,564,969
Federal and state income taxes (NOTE F) 1,068,000 1,776,000 634,000
----------- ----------- -----------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS 1,680,463 2,765,701 930,969
Discontinued business (NOTE I):
Income from operations of discontinued
business, net of applicable income tax
expense
of $30,000 48,174 -0- -0-
Gain on disposal of discontinued
business, net of applicable income tax
expense of
$501,000 817,717 -0- -0-
----------- ----------- -----------
NET EARNINGS $2,546,354 $2,765,701 $930,969
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
Average outstanding common shares 4,610,625 4,689,453 4,481,317
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
Earnings per common share
Continuing operations $.36 $.59 $.21
Discontinued operations .01 -0- -0-
Gain on disposal of discontinued
operations .18 -0- -0-
----------- ----------- -----------
NET EARNINGS
PER COMMON SHARE $.55 $.59 $.21
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-4
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLASS A COMMON STOCK RESTRICTED TREASURY STOCK
--------------------- STOCK ---------------------- RETAINED
SHARES AMOUNT DEFERRALS SHARES AMOUNT EARNINGS TOTAL
--------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992 4,610,625 $1,307,071 $-0- -0- $-0- $3,542,901 $4,849,972
Net income -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 2,546,354 2,546,354
Cash dividends ($.07 per
share) -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (307,376) (307,376)
Issuance of Common Stock-
Directors Stock Plan (NOTE E) 3,000 29,000 -0- -0- -0- -0- 29,000
--------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 1993 4,613,625 1,336,071 -0- -0- -0- 5,781,879 7,117,950
Net income -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 2,765,701 2,765,701
Cash dividends ($.07 share) -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (301,954) (301,954)
Purchase of Common Stock (NOTE
E) -0- -0- -0- (663,180) (6,638,284) -0- (6,638,284)
Issuance of Common Stock
(NOTES B AND G):
401(k) Plan 3,160 32,676 -0- -0- -0- -0- 32,676
Rockdale Acquisition 225,000 2,025,000 -0- -0- -0- -0- 2,025,000
--------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 1994 4,841,785 3,393,747 -0- (663,180) (6,638,284) 8,245,626 5,001,089
Net income -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 930,969 930,969
Cash dividends ($.08 share) -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (348,689) (348,689)
Issuance of Common Stock
(NOTES B, D, E, AND G):
401(k) Plan 18,354 298,725 -0- -0- -0- -0- 298,725
Directors' Stock Plan 23,500 238,919 -0- -0- -0- -0- 238,919
Non-qualified Stock Plan 5,000 48,335 -0- -0- -0- -0- 48,335
Gwinnett Acquisition 44,117 500,000 -0- -0- -0- -0- 500,000
Restricted Stock Plan 150,000 2,081,250 (2,081,250) -0- -0- -0- -0-
Amortization of Restricted
Stock Plan deferrals -0- -0- 2,081,250 -0- -0- -0- 2,081,250
Income tax benefits relating
to stock plans -0- 235,000 -0- -0- -0- -0- 235,000
--------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 1995 5,082,756 $6,795,976 $-0- (663,180) $(6,638,284) $8,827,906 $8,985,598
--------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
--------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-5
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $2,546,354 $2,765,701 $930,969
Items which did not use (provide)
cash:
Depreciation 1,612,040 1,745,293 2,633,360
Amortization of intangible
assets 177,063 396,342 1,325,526
Amortization of program
broadcast rights 924,878 1,217,976 1,647,035
Payments for program broadcast
rights (976,150) (1,181,598) (1,776,796)
Compensation paid in Common
Stock -0- 80,000 2,321,250
Supplemental employee benefits (608,729) (454,703) (370,694)
Common Stock contributed to
401(k) Plan -0- 32,676 298,725
Deferred income taxes 196,000 523,000 863,000
(Gain) loss on asset sales (52,819) (21,419) 1,652
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable (116,526) (1,444,159) (852,965)
Recoverable income taxes (1,066,422) 589,942 (1,347,007)
Inventories (92,526) (179,930) (181,034)
Other current assets (352,174) (24,361) (11,208)
Trade accounts payable 701,556 (306,493) 1,441,745
Employee compensation and
benefits 10,755 1,246,726 1,011,667
Accrued expenses (163,458) (45,335) (414,087)
Accrued interest (97,419) 858,164 78,536
Reduction in value of net
assets of discontinued
business 1,135,394 -0- -0-
Gain on disposal of warehouse
operations (2,454,111) -0- -0-
----------- ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating
activities 1,323,706 5,797,822 7,599,674
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisitions of newspaper
businesses -0- (3,442,836) (2,084,621)
Acquisition of television
business (1,505,655) (37,492,643) -0-
Purchases of property and
equipment (2,582,225) (1,767,800) (3,279,721)
Proceeds from asset sales 3,076,764 103,434 2,475
Deferred acquisition costs -0- -0- (3,330,481)
Deferred loan costs -0- (1,251,287) -0-
Proceeds from disposals of
operating units 2,922,893 1,222,697 -0-
Other 1,150,104 (141,767) (236,904)
----------- ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
investing activities 3,061,881 (42,770,202) (8,929,252)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from borrowings:
Short-term debt 650,000 -0- 1,200,000
Long-term debt -0- 55,826,260 2,950,000
Repayments of borrowings:
Short-term debt (170,000) (480,000) (1,200,000)
Long-term debt (5,133,349) (11,206,281) (1,792,516)
Dividends paid (307,376) (301,954) (348,689)
Common Stock transactions 29,000 (6,638,284) 522,254
----------- ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities (4,931,725) 37,199,741 1,331,049
----------- ------------ ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents (546,138) 227,361 1,471
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of year 877,297 331,159 558,520
----------- ------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
of year $331,159 $558,520 $559,991
----------- ------------ ------------
----------- ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-6
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995
A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
The Company's operations, which are located in six southeastern states,
include six television stations, three daily newspapers, and six area weekly
advertising only direct mail publications.
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenues as services are performed.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on deposit with a bank. Deposits with
the bank are generally insured in limited amounts.
INVENTORIES
Inventories, principally newsprint and supplies, are stated at the lower of
cost or market. The Company uses the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method of
determining costs for substantially all of its inventories. Current cost
exceeded the LIFO value of inventories by approximately $36,000 and $170,000 at
December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
PROGRAM BROADCAST RIGHTS
Rights to programs available for broadcast are initially recorded at the
amounts of total license fees payable under the license agreements and are
charged to operating expense on the basis of total programs available for use on
the straight-line method. The portion of the unamortized balance expected to be
charged to operating expense in the succeeding year is classified as a current
asset, with the remainder classified as a non-current asset. The liability for
program broadcast rights is classified as current or long-term, in accordance
with the payment terms of the various licenses. The liability is not discounted
for imputation of interest.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed
principally by the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and by
accelerated methods for income tax purposes.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets are stated at cost, and with the exception of goodwill
acquired prior to November 1, 1970 (approximately $2.47 million at December 31,
1994 and 1995), are amortized using the straight-line method. Goodwill is
amortized over 40 years. Loan acquisition fees are amortized over the life of
the applicable indebtedness. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the life
of the specific agreement. Accumulated amortization of intangible assets
resulting from business acquisitions was $0.4 million and $1.7 million as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
F-7
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
If facts and circumstances indicate that the goodwill may be impaired, an
evaluation of continuing value would be performed. If an evaluation is required,
the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with this asset would be
compared to its carrying amount to determine if a write down to fair market
value or discounted cash flow value is required.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes are provided on the differences between the financial
statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Company and its
subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state
and local tax returns.
CAPITAL STOCK
The Company has authorized 10 million shares of Class B Common Stock and 20
million shares of Preferred Stock, none of which have been issued at December
31, 1995. All references made to Common Stock in the December 31, 1995 Audited
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto refer to
the Company's Class A Common Stock.
On August 17, 1995, the Board of Directors declared a 50% stock dividend on
the Company's Common Stock payable October 2, 1995 to stockholders of record on
September 8, 1995 to effect a three for two stock split. All applicable share
and per share data have been adjusted to give effect to the stock split.
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Earnings per common share are based on the weighted average common and
common equivalent shares outstanding during the period determined using the
treasury stock method. Common equivalent shares are attributable to a Common
Stock award to be paid in 1999 and outstanding stock options (SEE NOTES D AND
E).
STOCK OPTION PLAN
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related
interpretations in accounting for its stock options. Under APB 25, if the
exercise price of the stock options granted by the Company equals the market
price of the underlying stock on the date of the grant, no compensation expense
is recognized.
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
The Company provides advertising air time to national, regional and local
advertisers within the geographic areas in which the Company operates. Credit is
extended based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition, and
generally advance payment is not required. Credit losses are provided for in the
financial statements and consistently have been within management's
expectations.
INTEREST SWAP
The Company has entered into an interest rate swap agreement to modify the
interest characteristics of a portion of its outstanding debt (see Note C). The
agreement involves the exchange of amounts based on a fixed interest rate for
amounts based on variable interest rates over the life of the agreement without
an exchange of the notional amount upon which the payments are based. The
differential to be paid or received as interest rates change is accrued and
recognized as an adjustment of interest expense related to the debt (the accrual
accounting method). The related amount payable to or receivable from
counter-parties is included in other liabilities or assets. The fair value of
the swap agreement is not recognized in the financial statements. In the event
of the early extinguishment of a designated debt obligation, any realized or
unrealized gain or loss from the swap would be recognized in income coincident
with the extinguishment.
F-8
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company has adopted FASB Statement No. 107, DISCLOSURE ABOUT FAIR VALUE
OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, which requires disclosure of fair value, to the extent
practical, of certain of the Company's financial instruments. The fair value
amounts do not necessarily represent the amount that could be realized in a sale
or settlement. The Company's financial instruments are comprised principally of
an interest rate swap and long-term debt.
The estimated fair value of long-term bank debt at December 31, 1995
approximated book value since, in management's opinion, such obligations are
subject to fluctuating market rates of interest and can be settled at their face
amounts. The fair value of the Senior Note at December 31, 1995 was estimated by
management to be its carrying value at that date. The Company amended its Senior
Note at January 4, 1996 and among other things, changed its effective interest
rate. The Company does not anticipate settlement of long-term debt at other than
book value.
The fair value of other financial instruments classified as current assets
or liabilities approximates their carrying values due to the short-term
maturities of these instruments.
IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In March 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF
("Statement 121"), which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived
assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the
undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than
the asset's carrying amount. Statement 121 also addresses the accounting for
long-lived assets which are expected to be disposed. The Company does not
believe that the adoption of Statement 121 will have a material impact on the
Company's financial position.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have
been reclassified to conform to the 1995 format.
B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
The Company's acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method
of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the results of
operations of the acquired businesses are included in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements as of their respective acquisition dates. The
assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are included based on an
allocation of the purchase price.
PENDING ACQUISITIONS
In December 1995, the Company agreed to acquire certain assets owned by John
H. Phipps, Inc. ("Phipps"). The assets include WCTV-TV, the CBS network
affiliate serving the Tallahassee, Florida and Thomasville, Georgia television
market, WKXT-TV, the CBS network affiliate in Knoxville, Tennessee, and a
communications and paging business located in three southeastern states. The
purchase price is estimated at approximately $185.0 million. The transaction,
which is expected to close in 1996, is subject to approval by the appropriate
regulatory agencies. If approved, the Company will be required to divest of
certain of its broadcasting operations due to a signal overlap with WCTV, unless
the rules of the Federal Communications Commission are modified to permit common
ownership of television stations with overlapping signals.
The Company plans to fund the costs of this acquisition through the issuance
of debt and equity securities. Additionally, the Company will amend or replace
its existing bank credit facilities.
In connection with this acquisition, a bank has provided a $10.0 million
letter of credit to Phipps on behalf of the Company. The letter of credit will
be payable under certain conditions if this acquisition is not
F-9
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
completed. In connection with the issuance of the letter of credit, a
stockholder of the Company has executed a put agreement which the bank can
exercise if the Company defaults on repayment of any amounts that might be paid
in accordance with the terms of the letter of credit.
In connection with the proposed acquisition of assets owned by Phipps, the
Company's Board of Directors has agreed to pay Bull Run Corporation ("Bull
Run"), a stockholder, a finder's fee equal to 1% of the proposed purchase price
for services performed, of which $550,000 was due and included in accounts
payable at December 31, 1995.
On January 4, 1996, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of
WRDW-TV, a CBS television affiliate serving the Augusta, Georgia television
market (the "Augusta Acquisition"). The purchase price of approximately $35.9
million, excluding assumed liabilities of approximately $4.0 million, was
financed primarily through long-term borrowings. The assets acquired consisted
of office equipment and broadcasting operations located in North Augusta, South
Carolina. Based on a preliminary allocation of the purchase price, the excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired was
approximately $32.4 million. In connection with the Augusta Acquisition, the
Company's Board of Directors approved the payment of a $360,000 finders fee to
Bull Run.
Funds for the Augusta Acquisition were obtained from the sale to Bull Run of
an 8% subordinated note due January 3, 2005 in principal amount of $10.0 million
(the "Subordinated Note"). In connection with the sale of the Subordinated Note,
the Company also issued warrants to Bull Run to purchase 487,500 shares of
Common Stock at $17.88 per share, 300,000 of which are currently vested, with
the remaining warrants vesting in five equal installments commencing in 1997
provided that the Subordinated Note is outstanding. The warrants may not be
exercised prior to January 3, 1998 and expire in January 2006. The Company
modified its existing bank debt to a variable rate reducing revolving credit
facility providing a credit line of $55.0 million (see Note C). The outstanding
credit facility balance subsequent to the Augusta Acquisition was approximately
$54.0 million; including $28.4 million, which was outstanding under the credit
facility at December 31, 1995, $25.2 million used for the Augusta Acquisition,
and $425,000 used for the Company's working capital. The transaction also
required a modification of the interest rate of the Company's $25.0 million
senior secured note with an institutional investor (the "Senior Note") from
10.08% to 10.7%.
An unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 1995 and income
statements for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 are presented below
giving effect to the Augusta Acquisition as though it had occurred on January 1,
1994.
F-10
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
Pro forma December 31, 1995 balance sheet (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------
AUGUSTA PRO FORMA ADJUSTED
GRAY ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
UNAUDITED
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets $13,437 $3,061 $(594) $15,904
Property and equipment 17,017 1,778 402 19,197
Goodwill and other intangibles 46,566 4,129 26,152 76,847
Other long-term assets 1,220 2,571 (2,518) 1,273
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$78,240 $11,539 $23,442 $113,221
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Current liabilities $13,659 $1,131 $(41) $14,749
Long-term debt 51,462 -0- 33,729 85,191
Other long-term liabilities 4,133 2,680 (2,518) 4,295
Stockholders' equity 8,986 7,728 (7,728) 8,986
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$78,240 $11,539 $23,442 $113,221
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
These pro forma unaudited results of operations do not purport to represent
what the Company's actual results of operations would have been if the Augusta
Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1994, and should not serve as a forecast
of the Company's operating results for any future periods. The pro forma
adjustments are based solely upon certain assumptions that management believes
are reasonable under the circumstances at this time. Subsequent adjustments are
expected upon final determination of the allocation of the purchase price. Pro
forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 are as
follows (in 000's, except per share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------
AUGUSTA PRO FORMA ADJUSTED
GRAY ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
UNAUDITED
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues, net $36,518 $8,046 $255 $44,819
Expenses 30,242 5,854 935 37,031
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
6,276 2,192 (680) 7,788
Miscellaneous income (expense), net 189 (55) 90 224
Interest expense 1,923 -0- 3,156 5,079
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4,542 2,137 (3,746) 2,933
Income tax expense (benefit) 1,776 -0- (603) 1,173
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
NET EARNINGS $2,766 $2,137 $(3,143) $1,760
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Average shares outstanding 4,689 4,689
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Earnings per share $.59 $.38
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
Pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 are
as follows (in 000's, except per share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------
AUGUSTA PRO FORMA ADJUSTED
GRAY ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
UNAUDITED
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues, net $58,616 $8,660 $227 $67,503
Expenses 51,756 6,198 944 58,898
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
6,860 2,462 (717) 8,605
Miscellaneous income (expense), net 143 (220) 128 51
Interest expense 5,438 -0- 3,355 8,793
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1,565 2,242 (3,944) (137)
Income tax expense (benefit) 634 -0- (675) (41)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS) $931 $2,242 $(3,269) $(96)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Average shares outstanding 4,481 4,354
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Earnings (loss) per share $.21 $(.02)
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The pro forma results presented above include adjustments to reflect (i) the
reclassification of national representative commissions as an expense consistent
with the presentation of the Company, (ii) the incurrence of interest expense to
fund the Augusta Acquisition, (iii) depreciation and amortization of assets
acquired, and (iv) the income tax effect of such pro forma adjustments and
income taxes on the earnings of the Augusta Acquisition. With respect to the
Augusta Acquisition, the pro forma adjustments are based upon a preliminary
allocation of the purchase price.
1995 ACQUISITIONS
On January 6, 1995, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of
The Gwinnett Post-Tribune and assumed certain liabilities (the "Gwinnett
Acquisition"). The assets consisted of office equipment and publishing
operations located in Lawrenceville, Georgia. The purchase price of
approximately $3.7 million, including assumed liabilities of approximately
$370,000, was paid by approximately $1.2 million in cash (financed through
long-term borrowings and cash from operations), issuance of 44,117 shares of the
Company's Common Stock (having fair value of $500,000), and $1.5 million payable
to the sellers pursuant to non-compete agreements. The excess of the purchase
price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired was approximately $3.4
million. In connection with the Gwinnett Acquisition, the Company's Board of
Directors approved the payment of a $75,000 finders fee to Bull Run. Pro forma
results of the Gwinnett Acquisition have not been presented as the effect on
prior periods is not significant.
On September 1, 1995, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets
of three area weekly advertising only direct mail publications, and assumed
certain liabilities (the "Tallahassee Acquisition"). The tangible assets
acquired consist of land and office buildings, office equipment, mechanical
equipment and automobiles used in operations located in southwest Georgia and
north Florida. The purchase price of approximately $1.4 million consisted of
$833,000 in cash and approximately $583,000 in assumed liabilities. The excess
of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired was
approximately $934,000. Pro forma results giving effect to the Tallahassee
Acquisition have not been presented as the effect on prior periods is not
significant.
1994 ACQUISITIONS
On September 2, 1994, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets
of Kentucky Central Television, Inc. ("Kentucky Central") and assumed certain of
its liabilities (the "Kentucky Acquisition").
F-12
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
Kentucky Central operated two television stations, WKYT located in Lexington,
Kentucky and WYMT located in Hazard, Kentucky, both of which are affiliates of
the CBS television network. The purchase price of approximately $38.1 million,
excluding acquisition costs of approximately $2.1 million and assumed
liabilities of approximately $2.3 million, was financed primarily through
long-term borrowings. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of
net tangible assets acquired was approximately $31.4 million.
On May 31, 1994, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of
Citizens Publishing Company, Inc. and assumed certain of its liabilities (the
"Rockdale Acquisition"). The acquired assets consist of land and an office
building located in Conyers, Georgia, containing The Rockdale Citizen newspaper
and other assets relating to the newspaper publishing business. The purchase
price of approximately $4.8 million consisted of a $2.8 million cash payment
financed through long-term bank borrowings, and 225,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock (with a fair value of $2.0 million at the closing date). The excess
of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired was
approximately $4.0 million.
On October 18, 1994, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets
of four area weekly advertising only direct mail publications and assumed
certain of their liabilities. The assets consist of land and an office building,
office equipment, automobiles, and publishing operations located in southwest
Georgia. The purchase price of approximately $1.5 million consisted of a
$545,000 cash payment and approximately $1.0 million financed by the sellers.
The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets
acquired was approximately $1.2 million. Pro forma results giving effect to this
acquisition have not been presented below as the effect on prior periods is not
significant.
Unaudited pro forma statements of income from continuing operations for the
years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, are presented below, giving effect to
the Rockdale Acquisition and the Kentucky Acquisition (collectively the "1994
Acquisitions") as though they had occurred on January 1, 1993.
These pro forma unaudited results of operations do not purport to represent
what the Company's actual results of operations would have been if the 1994
Acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 1993, and should
F-13
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
not serve as a forecast of the Company's operating results for any future
periods. The pro forma adjustments are based upon certain assumptions that
management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro
forma results of continuing operations are as follows (in 000's, except per
share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
KENTUCKY ROCKDALE PRO FORMA ADJUSTED
GRAY ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating revenues $25,113 $14,526 $2,660 $-0- $42,299
Operating expenses 21,582 10,827 2,646 877 35,932
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income 3,531 3,699 14 (877) 6,367
Miscellaneous income, net 202 219 -0- -0- 421
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3,733 3,918 14 (877) 6,788
Interest expense 985 4 9 3,187 4,185
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income from continuing
operations before income
taxes 2,748 3,914 5 (4,064) 2,603
Income tax expense (benefit) 1,068 1,326 -0- (1,405) 989
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income from continuing
operations $1,680 $2,588 $5 $2,659 $1,614
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Average shares outstanding 4,611 4,836
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Earnings per common share from
continuing operations $.36 $.33
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
KENTUCKY ROCKDALE PRO FORMA ADJUSTED
GRAY ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating revenues $36,518 $10,237 $980 $-0- $47,735
Operating expenses 30,242 7,382 930 559 39,113
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income 6,276 2,855 50 (559) 8,622
Miscellaneous income, net 189 19 -0- -0- 208
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
6,465 2,874 50 (559) 8,830
Interest expense 1,923 -0- 4 2,412 4,339
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income from continuing
operations before income
taxes 4,542 2,874 46 (2,971) 4,491
Income tax expense (benefit) 1,776 237 -0- (208) 1,805
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income from continuing
operations $2,766 $2,637 $46 $(2,763) $2,686
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Average shares outstanding 4,689 4,780
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Earnings per common share from
continuing operations $.59 $.56
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The pro forma results presented above include adjustments to reflect (i) the
incurrence of interest expense to fund the 1994 Acquisitions, (ii) depreciation
and amortization of assets acquired, and (iii) the
F-14
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
income tax effect of such pro forma adjustments. Average outstanding shares used
to calculate earnings per share from continuing operations for 1994 and 1993
include the 225,000 shares issued in connection with the Rockdale Acquisition.
C. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1994 1995
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Senior Note $25,000 $25,000
Bank Loan 26,926 28,375
Other 1,013 950
---------- ----------
52,939 54,325
Less current portion (1,293) (2,862)
---------- ----------
$51,646 $51,463
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
On September 2, 1994, the Company issued through a private placement with an
institutional investor, a $25.0 million 9.33% note (the "Senior Note"). The
Senior Note provides for semi-annual principal payments of $2.5 million
beginning March 1999. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears and the
Senior Note, as amended on January 4, 1996, bears interest at 10.7% (see Note
B). The agreement pursuant to which the Senior Note was issued contains certain
restrictive provisions, which, among other things, limit capital expenditures
and additional indebtedness, and require minimum levels of net worth and cash
flows.
On September 2, 1994, the Company entered into a bank term loan agreement
(the "Bank Loan") which provided for borrowings of approximately $21.4 million.
On November 30, 1994, the Bank Loan was amended to provide for additional
borrowings of $6.7 million which were used to purchase 663,180 shares of the
Company's Common Stock (SEE NOTE E). The Bank Loan, as amended on January 4,
1996, bears interest, at the Company's option, at a spread over LIBOR, or at a
spread over the bank's prime rate (8.96% at January 4, 1996) (see Note B). The
Bank Loan is due in varying, quarterly principal payments of $750,000 to $2.0
million through September 2002 with two quarterly installments of $7 million
payable starting December 2002. The Bank Loan provides for an annual loan
prepayment based on the Company's cash flow as defined by the Bank Loan.
Additionally, the effective interest rate of the Bank Loan can be changed based
upon the Company's maintenance of certain operating ratios as defined by the
Bank Loan, not to exceed the bank's prime rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 3.5%.
The Bank Loan contains restrictive provisions similar to the provisions of the
Senior Note.
The Senior Note and the Bank Loan are secured by substantially all of the
Company's existing and hereafter acquired assets.
The Company entered into a five year interest rate swap agreement on June 2,
1995, to effectively convert a portion of its floating rate debt to a fixed rate
basis. Approximately $25.0 million of the Company's outstanding debt under the
Bank Loan was subject to this interest rate swap agreement at December 31, 1995.
The effective rate of the Bank Loan and interest rate swap at December 31, 1995,
was approximately 8.64% and 9.10%, respectively. The unrealized loss for the
interest rate swap was approximately $565,000 at December 31, 1995, based upon
comparison to treasury bond yields for bonds with similar maturity dates as the
interest rate swap.
At December 31, 1995, retained earnings of approximately $500,000 were
available for dividends.
F-15
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
C. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
Aggregate minimum principal maturities on long-term debt as of December 31,
1995, were as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1996 $2,862
1997 5,039
1998 6,634
1999 12,615
2000 11,303
Thereafter 15,872
----------
$54,325
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The Company made interest payments of approximately $902,000, $1.2 million,
and $5.4 million during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
D. SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS
The Company has an employment agreement with its President which provides
him 122,034 shares of the Company's Common Stock if his employment with the
Company continues until September 1999. The Company will recognize approximately
$1.2 million of compensation expense for this award over the five year period
ending in 1999 ($80,000 and $240,000 of expense was recorded in 1994 and 1995,
respectively).
In December 1995, the Company amended an existing employment agreement to
pay consulting fees to its former chief executive officer. The Company has
recorded approximately $596,000 of corporate and administrative expenses during
the year ended December 31, 1995 in accordance with the terms of the employment
agreement. Additionally, in December 1995 the Company issued 150,000 shares of
Common Stock to this former chief executive officer in accordance with his
employment agreement which was amended to remove certain restrictions,
including, among others, a time requirement for continued employment.
Compensation expense of approximately $2.1 million (including $865,000 during
the quarter ended December 31, 1995), was recognized in 1995 for the 150,000
shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to this agreement.
The Company has entered into supplemental retirement benefit agreements with
certain key employees. These benefits are to be paid in equal monthly amounts
over the employees' life for a period not to exceed 15 years after retirement.
The Company charges against operations amounts sufficient to fund the present
value of the estimated lifetime supplemental benefit over each employee's
anticipated remaining period of employment.
F-16
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
D. SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The following summarizes activity relative to certain officers' agreements
and the supplemental employee benefits (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Beginning liability $3,495 $2,960 $2,518
---------- ---------- ----------
Provision 166 184 976
Forfeitures (399) (266) (169)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net (income) expense (233) (82) 807
Payments (302) (360) (387)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net change (535) (442) 420
---------- ---------- ----------
Ending liability 2,960 2,518 2,938
Less current portion (162) (175) (725)
---------- ---------- ----------
$2,798 $2,343 $2,213
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
E. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Company has a Stock Purchase Plan which allows outside directors to
purchase up to 7,500 shares of the Company's Common Stock directly from the
Company before the end of January following each calendar year. The purchase
price per share approximates the market price of the Common Stock at the time of
the grant. During 1993, 1994 and 1995, certain directors purchased an aggregate
of 3,000, -0- and 23,500 shares of Common Stock, respectively, under this plan.
The Company has a long-term incentive plan (the "Incentive Plan") under
which 600,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock are reserved for grants to
key personnel for (i) incentive stock options, (ii) non-qualified stock options,
(iii) stock appreciation rights, (iv) restricted stock and (v) performance
awards, as defined by the Incentive Plan. Stock underlying outstanding options
or performance awards are counted against the Incentive Plan's maximum shares
while such options or awards are outstanding. Under the Incentive Plan, the
options granted vest after a two year period and expire three years after full
vesting. Options granted through December 31, 1995, have been granted at a price
which approximates fair market value on the date of the grant.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------
EXERCISE PRICE PER
SHARE
----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
$9.67 $13.33
Stock options granted on November 18, 1993 92,250 -0-
Forfeitures (3,000) -0-
---------- ----------
Stock options outstanding at
December 31, 1993 89,250 -0-
Options granted 73,559 -0-
Forfeitures (16,500) -0-
---------- ----------
Stock options outstanding at
December 31, 1994 146,309 -0-
Options granted -0- 58,050
Options exercised (5,000) -0-
Forfeitures (14,250) (3,900)
---------- ----------
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 1995 127,059 54,150
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1995, 56,500 of the $9.67 options issued in 1993 were
exercisable.
On December 1, 1994, the Company repurchased 663,180 shares of its Common
Stock at a price of $10.00 per share for a total purchase price before expenses,
of $6.63 million. The trading value of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ Small Cap
Issues Market was $10.83 on December 1, 1994. The Common Stock was purchased
from The Prudential Insurance Company of America and Sandler Associates (420,000
and 243,180 shares, respectively). The purchase was funded by a bank loan (SEE
NOTE C).
F. INCOME TAXES
The Company uses the liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under
this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect
when the differences are expected to reverse.
F-18
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
F. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
Federal and state income tax expense (benefit) included in the consolidated
financial statements are summarized as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current
Federal $982 $1,093 $(253)
State 181 160 24
Deferred 436 523 863
---------- ---------- ----------
$1,599 $1,776 $634
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The total provision for income taxes for 1993 included $531,000 for
discontinued operations.
The components of deferred income tax expense for federal and state and
local income taxes resulted from the following (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Accelerated depreciation for tax
purposes $50 $19 $349
Accelerated amortization for tax
purposes -0- 164 726
Employee benefits and other agreements 181 96 (150)
Temporary difference related to loss on
sales of assets 174 248 -0-
Excess of book over tax deductions for
lease 7 91 -0-
Other 24 (95) (62)
---------- ---------- ----------
$436 $523 $863
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
F. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets
are as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
Net book value of property and
equipment $704 $723 $1,069
Goodwill -0- 164 890
Other 120 120 120
---------- ---------- ----------
Total deferred tax liabilities 824 1,007 2,079
Deferred tax assets:
Liability under supplemental
retirement plan 1,125 1,029 1,127
Allowance for doubtful accounts 168 335 195
Difference in basis of assets held for
sale 1,189 941 941
Other 135 117 368
---------- ---------- ----------
Total deferred tax assets 2,617 2,422 2,631
Valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets (753) (753) (753)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net deferred tax assets 1,864 1,669 1,878
---------- ---------- ----------
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) $1,040 $662 $(201)
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory federal income tax
rate and income taxes as reflected in the consolidated financial statements is
as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory rate applied to income $1,409 $1,544 $532
State and local taxes, net of federal
tax benefits 164 195 91
Other items, net 26 37 11
---------- ---------- ----------
$1,599 $1,776 $634
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The Company made income tax payments of approximately $2.1 million, $1.5
million and $742,000 during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. At December 31,
1995, the Company had current recoverable income taxes of approximately $1.3
million.
G. RETIREMENT PLANS
PENSION PLAN
The Company has a retirement plan covering substantially all full-time
employees. Retirement benefits are based on years of service and the employees'
highest average compensation for five consecutive years during the last ten
years of employment. The Company's funding policy is to contribute annually the
minimum amounts deductible for federal income tax purposes.
F-20
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
G. RETIREMENT PLANS (CONTINUED)
The net pension expense includes the following (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service costs-benefits earned during the
year $224 $204 $221
Interest cost on projected benefit
obligation 374 359 384
Actual return on plan assets (377) (91) (655)
Net amortization and deferral (63) (338) 187
---------- ---------- ----------
Net pension expense $158 $134 $137
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
Assumptions:
Discount rate 8.0% 7.0% 8.0%
Expected long-term rate of return on
assets 8.0% 7.0% 8.0%
Estimated rate of increase in
compensation levels 6.0% 5.0% 6.0%
</TABLE>
The following summarizes the plan's funded status and related assumptions
(in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1994 1995
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit
obligation is as follows:
Vested $4,452 $5,308
Other 66 135
---------- ----------
$4,518 $5,443
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Plan assets at fair value, primarily mutual funds
and an unallocated insurance contract $5,307 $5,680
Projected benefit obligation (5,015) (5,904)
---------- ----------
Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected
benefit obligation 292 (224)
Unrecognized net (gain) loss (135) 190
Unrecognized net asset (409) (355)
---------- ----------
Pension liability included in consolidated balance
sheet $(252) $(389)
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Assumptions:
Discount rate 8.0% 7.0%
Estimated rate of increase in compensation levels 6.0% 5.0%
</TABLE>
Effective December 31, 1995, the Company changed certain assumptions
utilized in the actuarially computed costs and liabilities. The effect of such
changes was to increase the present value of the projected benefit obligations
by approximately $613,000.
CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN
Effective October 1, 1994, the Company adopted the Gray Communications
Systems, Inc. Capital Accumulation Plan (the "Capital Accumulation Plan") for
the purpose of providing additional retirement benefits for substantially all
employees. The Capital Accumulation Plan is intended to meet the requirements of
section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
F-21
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
G. RETIREMENT PLANS (CONTINUED)
Employee contributions to the Capital Accumulation Plan, not to exceed 6% of
the employees' gross pay, are matched by Company contributions. The Company's
percentage match is made by a contribution of the Company's Common Stock, in an
amount declared by the Company's Board of Directors before the beginning of each
plan year. The Company's percentage match was 50% for both the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the three months ended December 31, 1994. The Company
contributions vest, based upon each employee's number of years of service, over
a period not to exceed five years. The Company has reserved 150,000 shares of
its Common Stock for issuance under the Capital Accumulation Plan.
Company matching contributions aggregating $32,676 and $298,725 were charged
to expense for 1994 and 1995, respectively, for the issuance of 3,160 and 18,354
shares, respectively of the Company's Common Stock.
H. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company has various operating lease commitments for equipment, land and
office space which expire through the year 2027. Future minimum payments under
operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess
of one year are not material.
The Company has entered into commitments for various television film
exhibition rights for which the license periods have not yet commenced.
Obligations under these commitments are payable in the following years:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1996 $491,360
1997 1,431,983
1998 1,351,273
1999 1,133,860
2000 456,733
----------
$4,865,209
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the
normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, the amount of
ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not materially
affect the Company's financial position.
I. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On April 13, 1994, the Company completed the sale of the assets of Gray Air
Service (an operation discontinued in 1993) for approximately $1.2 million, and
used the proceeds to reduce the Company's outstanding debt. During the year
ended December 31, 1993, the Company sold its investment in undeveloped
farmland, another asset held for sale, for approximately $2.0 million.
On March 31, 1993, the Company completed the sale of its warehouse
operations to Gray Distribution Services, Inc., a Georgia corporation, owned by
a former director and officer of the Company. The net sales price of
approximately $2.9 million was paid in cash at the date of closing. The Company
recognized a gain of approximately $1.5 million, net of income tax expense of
approximately $932,000, relative to the disposal of the warehouse operations. A
special independent committee of the Company's Board of Directors approved the
terms and conditions of the sale.
F-22
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
I. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
The following summarizes information relative to the discontinued business
segment for the year ended December 31, 1993 (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Operating revenues $1,695
----------
----------
Operating earnings $100
----------
----------
Net earnings $48
----------
----------
</TABLE>
J. INFORMATION ON BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company operates in two business segments: broadcasting and publishing.
A transportation segment was discontinued in 1993 (see Note I). The broadcasting
segment operates five television stations at December 31, 1995. The Publishing
segment operates three daily newspapers in three different markets, and six area
weekly advertising only direct mail publications in southwest Georgia and north
Florida. The following tables present certain financial information concerning
the Company's two operating segments and its discontinued segment (in 000's).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING REVENUE
Broadcasting $15,004 $22,826 $36,750
Publishing 10,109 13,692 21,866
---------- ---------- ----------
$25,113 $36,518 $58,616
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
OPERATING PROFIT (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING
OPERATIONS
Broadcasting $2,491 $5,241 $7,822
Publishing 1,040 1,036 (962)
---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating profit from continuing
operations 3,531 6,277 6,860
Miscellaneous income and expense, net 202 188 144
Interest expense (985) (1,923) (5,439)
---------- ---------- ----------
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes $2,748 $4,542 $1,565
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-23
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
J. INFORMATION ON BUSINESS SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)
Operating profit is total operating revenue less operating expenses,
excluding miscellaneous income and expense (net) and interest. Corporate
administrative expenses are allocated to operating profit based on net segment
revenues.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
Broadcasting $904 $1,326 $2,723
Publishing 438 690 1,190
---------- ---------- ----------
1,342 2,016 3,913
Corporate 223 126 46
---------- ---------- ----------
1,565 2,142 3,959
Discontinued operations 224 -0- -0-
---------- ---------- ----------
Total depreciation and amortization
expense $1,789 $2,142 $3,959
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Broadcasting $787 $1,330 $2,285
Publishing 755 366 973
---------- ---------- ----------
1,542 1,696 3,258
Corporate 124 72 22
---------- ---------- ----------
1,666 1,768 3,280
Discontinued operations 916 -0- -0-
---------- ---------- ----------
Total capital expenditures $2,582 $1,768 $3,280
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
Broadcasting $9,984 $53,173 $54,022
Publishing 4,753 11,878 18,170
---------- ---------- ----------
14,737 65,051 72,192
Corporate 5,699 3,738 6,048
---------- ---------- ----------
20,436 68,789 78,240
Discontinued operations 936 -0- -0-
---------- ---------- ----------
Total identifiable assets $21,372 $68,789 $78,240
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Partners of Television Station Partners, L.P.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of WRDW-TV, an operating
station of Television Station Partners, L.P., as of December 31, 1995, and the
related statements of income, partnership's equity, and cash flows for the year
then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of WRDW-TV at December 31,
1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
January 26, 1996
F-25
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(THE AUGUSTA BUSINESS)
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash $333,658
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $117,380 1,748,208
Television film exhibition rights 924,107
Prepaid and other current assets 55,342
------------
Total current assets 3,061,315
Property, buildings and equipment-net (NOTE 3): 1,778,429
Television film exhibition rights 2,570,850
Intangible assets-net 4,128,730
------------
Total $11,539,324
------------
------------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERSHIP'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (NOTE 4) $233,197
Obligations for television film exhibition rights 898,251
------------
Total current liabilities 1,131,448
Obligations for television film exhibition rights 2,680,267
Commitments and contingencies (NOTE 5)
Partnership's equity (NOTES 1 AND 7) 7,727,609
------------
Total $11,539,324
------------
------------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-26
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(THE AUGUSTA BUSINESS)
STATEMENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
REVENUES:
Broadcasting revenues $10,059,555
Less:
Advertising agency commissions 1,171,595
National sales representative commissions 227,368
------------
Total advertising agency and national sales representative commissions 1,398,963
------------
Net operating revenues 8,660,592
------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Operating, technical and programming costs 3,142,280
Selling, general and administrative 2,631,952
------------
Total operating expenses 5,774,232
------------
INCOME BEFORE OTHER EXPENSES 2,886,360
------------
OTHER EXPENSES:
Depreciation 272,298
Amortization of intangible assets 151,620
Other-expenses, net 220,211
------------
Total 644,129
------------
Net income $2,242,231
------------
------------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-27
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(THE AUGUSTA BUSINESS)
STATEMENT OF PARTNERSHIP'S EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1994 $7,410,422
Net income 2,242,231
Distribution to Television Station Partners, L.P. (1,925,044)
------------
Balance at December 31, 1995 $7,727,609
------------
------------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-28
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(THE AUGUSTA BUSINESS)
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $2,242,231
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 1,359,415
Provision for bad debt (recoveries) (14,000)
Net trade barter revenue (59,356)
Gain on sale of property and equipment (12,868)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable (60,155)
Prepaid and other assets 102,937
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (359,296)
Payments of obligations for television film exhibition rights (1,017,754)
Other 274,956
------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 2,456,110
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 12,868
Capital expenditures (121,987)
------------
Net cash used in investing activities (109,119)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Cash transferred to Partnership (2,200,000)
------------
Net cash used in financing activities (2,200,000)
NET INCREASE IN CASH 146,991
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR 186,667
------------
CASH AT END OF YEAR $333,658
------------
------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH OPERATING, INVESTING AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES
Television film exhibition obligations were incurred when the Station entered into contracts for
film exhibition rights totaling: $387,450
------------
------------
Property and equipment was acquired in exchange for advertising time totaling: $59,356
------------
------------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-29
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(THE AUGUSTA BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995
1. STATION ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
WRDW-TV (the "Station") is a commercial television station located in North
Augusta, South Carolina. The Station was owned and operated by Television
Station Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership") from July 7, 1989 to January 4,
1996-See Note 8. The Partnership is a Delaware limited partnership which was
organized on May 24, 1989 for the sole purpose of acquiring, owning, operating
and, at such time as GP Station Partners (the "general partner" of the
Partnership) determines is appropriate, reselling or otherwise disposing of its
television stations.
The Station was acquired by the Partnership on July 7, 1989 pursuant to an
Exchange Agreement dated May 24, 1989 between the Partnership and Television
Station Partners, a New York partnership ("TSP"). The Exchange Agreement
provided for the transfer to the partnership of all of TSP's assets in exchange
for all of the units of partnership interest in the Partnership, followed by the
liquidation and distribution of those units to the partners of TSP. For tax and
accounting purposes, the Partnership has been treated as a continuation of TSP.
The Station had been operated by TSP since March 23, 1983.
The financial statements of the Station are prepared on the accrual basis of
accounting, and include only those assets, liabilities, and results of
operations that relate to the business of the Station.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
TELEVISION FILM EXHIBITION RIGHTS
Television film exhibition rights are recorded at the amount of the license
fees payable when purchased and amortized using the straight-line method based
on the license period or usage, whichever yields the greater accumulated
amortization. Television film exhibition rights are classified based upon the
portion of the unamortized balance expected to be broadcast within the current
year.
PROPERTY, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
Property, buildings and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is provided principally by the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Any gains or losses realized on
disposition are reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs, as well as
minor renewals and betterments, are charged to operating expenses directly as
incurred.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets are comprised principally of Federal Communications
Commission licenses and network affiliation agreements and are amortized on the
straight-line basis, primarily over 40 years. Intangible assets are periodically
evaluated for impairments using a measurement of fair value, calculated at the
current market multiple times operating income. If this review indicates that
the intangible assets will not be recoverable, the Company's carrying value of
the intangible assets would be reduced to its estimated fair value.
TRADE/BARTER TRANSACTIONS
Trade/barter transactions involve the exchange of advertising time for
products and/or services and are recorded based on the fair market value of the
products and/or services received. Revenue is recorded when advertising
schedules air, and expense is recognized when products and/or services are used.
F-30
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(THE AUGUSTA BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1995
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INCOME TAXES
No income tax provision has been included in the financial statements since
income or loss of the Station is required to be reported by the partners of the
Partnership on their respective income tax returns.
3. PROPERTY, BUILDINGS, AND EQUIPMENT
The major classes of property, buildings and equipment at December 31, 1995
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land $190,000
Buildings and tower 2,062,613
Automobiles 136,245
Furniture and fixtures 5,999,846
Machinery and equipment 1,769,175
----------
10,157,879
Less accumulated depreciation 8,379,450
----------
$1,778,429
----------
----------
</TABLE>
4. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 1995 consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accounts payable $10,275
Accrued state taxes 9,096
Accrued payroll, commissions, and bonuses 152,201
Other accrued expenses 61,625
----------
$233,197
----------
----------
</TABLE>
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
FILM EXHIBITION RIGHTS
The obligations for television film exhibition rights are payable in the
following years:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31 AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
1996 $898,251
1997 875,838
1998 838,254
1999 672,724
2000 293,451
----------
$3,578,518
----------
----------
</TABLE>
LITIGATION
The Station is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the
ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the amount of
ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect the
financial statements of the Station.
F-31
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(THE AUGUSTA BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1995
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
DEBT
The Partnership had indebtedness outstanding under an Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement (the "Agreement"). The Agreement is secured by a first lien on
substantially all the assets of the Partnership. The Agreement required the
Partnership to enter into one or more binding sales contracts for the assets of
each station, satisfactory to the Banks, on or before June 30, 1995. During the
latter part of 1994, the Partnership contracted the services of Media Venture
Partners for the purpose of marketing the stations. On January 4, 1996, the
Partnership sold the assets of the Station. (Note 8).
6. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
The Partnership pays various operating and non-operation expenses on behalf
of the Station. These expenses have been allocated for the year ended December
31, 1995. The Station is allocated a portion of management fees and expenses in
the amount of approximately $90,000 to RP Television for financial support
services such as accounting. Additionally, the Station transfers excess cash to
the Partnership's headquarters. Excess cash transferred was $2,200,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1995. This money is primarily used for principal and
interest payments on the Partnership's debt obligations.
7. PENSION PLAN
Effective January 1, 1993, the defined contribution pension plan was
converted to a 401(k) salaried deferral plan, covering substantially all
employees, with a Partnership profit sharing contribution of 3 1/2 percent of
the participants' salary per annum. Annual contributions aggregating
approximately $53,803 were made to the Plan during 1995.
8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On January 4, 1996, the Partnership sold the assets of WRDW-TV to Gray
Communication Systems, Inc., for approximately $34 million plus an amount equal
to the excess of the current assets over the current liabilities assumed by the
buyer, as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement.
F-32
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
To the Partners' of
Television Station Partners, L.P.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of WRDW-TV (an operating
station of Television Station Partners, L.P.), (the "Station") as of December
31, 1994 and the related statements of income, partnership's equity, and cash
flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Station as of December 31, 1994 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December
31, 1993 and 1994 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York, New York
May 12, 1995
F-33
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash $186,667
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $131,000 1,674,053
Television film exhibition rights 874,495
Prepaid and other current assets 158,279
------------
Total current assets 2,893,494
PROPERTY, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT-Net (NOTE 3): 1,869,384
TELEVISION FILM EXHIBITION RIGHTS 3,168,509
INTANGIBLE ASSETS-Net 4,280,350
------------
TOTAL $12,211,737
------------
------------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERSHIP'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (NOTE 4) $592,493
Obligations for television film exhibition rights (NOTE 5) 908,652
------------
Total current liabilities 1,501,145
OBLIGATIONS FOR TELEVISION FILM EXHIBITION RIGHTS (NOTE 5) 3,300,170
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 6)
PARTNERSHIP'S EQUITY (NOTES 1 AND 8) 7,410,422
------------
Total $12,211,737
------------
------------
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-34
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
Broadcasting revenues $7,933,825 $9,460,307
Less:
Advertising agency commissions 943,174 1,158,952
National sales representative commissions 194,516 255,379
------------ ------------
Total advertising agency and national sales representative commissions 1,137,690 1,414,331
------------ ------------
Net operating revenues 6,796,135 8,045,976
------------ ------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Operating, technical and programming costs 2,555,795 2,958,364
Selling, general and administrative 2,126,770 2,434,477
------------ ------------
Total operating expenses 4,682,565 5,392,841
------------ ------------
INCOME BEFORE OTHER EXPENSES 2,113,570 2,653,135
------------ ------------
OTHER EXPENSES:
Depreciation 290,730 309,949
Amortization of intangible assets 151,620 151,620
Other-expenses, net 77,408 54,570
------------ ------------
Total 519,758 516,139
------------ ------------
NET INCOME $1,593,812 $2,136,996
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-35
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
STATEMENTS OF PARTNERSHIP'S EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PARTNERSHIP'S
EQUITY
-------------
<S> <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1993 $7,829,582
Net income 1,593,812
Transfer to Television Station
Partners, L.P. (1,909,588)
-------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993 7,513,806
Net income 2,136,996
Transfer to Television Station
Partners, L.P. (2,240,380)
-------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994 $7,410,422
-------------
-------------
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-36
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $1,593,812 $2,136,996
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 1,355,485 1,345,658
Provision for bad debt 24,800 62,000
Net trade barter revenue (15,850) (30,105)
Gain on sale of property and equipment (1,137) (400)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable (413,414) (173,216)
Prepaid and other assets (51,535) (34,480)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 155,264 2,443
Payments of obligations for television film exhibition rights (2,645,344) (3,048,878)
------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 2,081 260,018
------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 9,470 400
Capital expenditures (230,718) (176,374)
------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities (221,248) (175,974)
------------ ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH (219,167) 84,044
CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR 321,790 102,623
------------ ------------
CASH, END OF YEAR $102,623 $186,667
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
Cash transferred to Television Station Partners, L.P. $2,075,000 $2,417,500
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH OPERATING, INVESTING AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES:
Television film exhibition obligations of $1,969,210 and 3,112,615 in 1993 and
1994, respectively, were incurred when the Station entered into contracts for
film exhibition rights.
Property and equipment totaling $15,850 and $30,105 was acquired in 1993 and 1994,
respectively, in exchange for advertising time.
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-37
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
1. STATION ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
WRDW-TV (the "Station") is a commercial television station located in North
Augusta, South Carolina. The Station is owned and operated by Television
Station Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership") since July 7, 1989, as one of
four commercial television stations owned by the Partnership. The
Partnership is a Delaware limited partnership which was organized on May 24,
1989 for the sole purpose of acquiring, owning, operating and, at such time
as GP Station Partners (the "general partner" of the Partnership) determines
is appropriate, reselling or otherwise disposing of its television stations.
The Station was acquired by the Partnership on July 7, 1989 pursuant to an
Exchange Agreement dated May 24, 1989 between the Partnership and Television
Station Partners, a New York partnership ("TSP"). The Exchange Agreement
provided for the transfer to the partnership of all of TSP's assets in
exchange for all of the units of partnership interest in the Partnership,
followed by the liquidation and distribution of those units to the partners
of TSP. For tax and accounting purposes, the Partnership has been treated as
a continuation of TSP. The Station has been operated by TSP since March 23,
1983.
The financial statements of the Station are prepared on the accrual basis of
accounting, and include only those assets, liabilities, and results of
operations that relate to the business of the Station.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
TELEVISION FILM EXHIBITION RIGHTS -- Television film exhibition rights
relating to films which are currently available for telecasting are recorded
at the gross cost method when purchased and amortized using the
straight-line method over the greater of the license period or usage.
Television film exhibition rights are classified based upon the portion of
the unamortized balance expected to be broadcast within the current year.
PROPERTY, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT -- Property, buildings and equipment are
stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided
principally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets. Any gains or losses realized on disposition are reflected in
operations. Maintenance and repairs, as well as minor renewals and
betterments, are charged to operating expenses directly as incurred.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Intangible assets are comprised principally of Federal
Communications Commission licenses and network affiliation agreements and
are amortized on the straight-line basis, primarily over 40 years.
Intangible assets are periodically evaluated for impairments using a
measurement of fair value, calculated at the current market multiple times
operating income. The current market value multiple used at December 31,
1994 was 8.5 times.
TRADE/BARTER TRANSACTIONS -- Trade/barter transactions involve the exchange
of advertising time for products and/or services and are recorded based on
the fair market value of the products and/or services received. Revenue is
recorded when advertising schedules air, and expense is recognized when
products and/or services are used.
INCOME TAXES -- No income tax provision has been included in the financial
statements since income or loss of the Station is required to be reported by
the partners of the Partnership on their respective income tax returns.
F-38
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
3. PROPERTY, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
The major classes of property, buildings and equipment are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1994
---------------
<S> <C>
Land $190,000
Buildings and Tower 2,043,123
Automobiles 153,378
Furniture and fixtures 5,994,475
Machinery and equipment 1,637,285
---------------
10,018,261
Less accumulated depreciation 8,148,877
---------------
$1,869,384
---------------
---------------
</TABLE>
4. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1994
---------------
<S> <C>
Accounts payable $99,042
Accrued state taxes 25,126
Accrued payroll, commissions, and bonuses 133,473
Other accrued expenses 334,852
---------------
$592,493
---------------
---------------
</TABLE>
5. OBLIGATIONS FOR TELEVISION FILM EXHIBITION RIGHTS
Obligation for television film exhibition rights at December 31, 1994 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31 AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C>
1995 $908,652
1996 907,886
1997 822,655
1998 736,849
1999 539,332
Thereafter 293,448
------------
4,208,822
Current portion 908,652
------------
Long-term obligations $3,300,170
------------
------------
</TABLE>
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
LITIGATION -- In March 1990, a suit was commenced in the Superior Court of
California, County of Alameda, against the Partnership, GP Station Partners,
and certain individuals, in connection with the July 1989 transaction in
which the assets of TSP were transferred to the Partnership and the
Partnership distributed to the partners a major portion of the proceeds of a
$72 million borrowing. The plaintiffs in
F-39
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
the suit sought rescission of the asset transfer, the return by the general
partner of all cash distributions made from the $72 million borrowing,
damages and other relief. The suit was subsequently dismissed on the grounds
that the California courts were an inconvenient forum.
On April 8, 1992, the plaintiffs in the California suit and another
plaintiff commenced an action in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York against GP Station Partners and each of its
general partners. The action, which the plaintiffs purported to bring
individually and as representatives of the limited partners, sought damages
and other relief. The Partnership Agreement contains exculpation and
indemnification provisions relating to claims against GP Station Partners
and its affiliates. In November 1992 the action was settled and discontinued
following the court's denial of the plaintiff's motion for class
certification. The settlement agreement provided for an exchange of general
releases and for payment to the original plaintiffs of an amount equal to
their share of the July 1989 distribution to partners (which the original
Television Station Partners had been escrowing pending the outcome of the
litigation), plus accrued interest, and those plaintiffs also agreed to
waive all rights to any further distribution and to relinquish their
interest in the Partnership without further consideration. No amount will be
payable to the other plaintiff in the action. The agreement also provides
for payment of $75,000 to the plaintiffs' counsel as partial reimbursement
of legal fees and expenses incurred in prosecuting the action. As part of
the settlement, the limited partners' original investment of $203,000, plus
interest of approximately $63,000 was paid. As a result of the litigation,
the Partnership incurred legal fees of approximately $579,000.
The Station is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the
ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the amount of
ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect
the financial statements of the Station.
DEBT -- At December 31, 1994 the Partnership had $71,900,000 of principal
indebtedness outstanding under an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the
"Agreement"). The Agreement is secured by a first lien on substantially all
the assets of the Partnership. The Agreement requires the Partnership to
enter into one or more binding sales contracts for the assets of each
station, satisfactory to the Banks, on or before June 30, 1995. During the
latter part of 1994, the Partnership contracted the services of Media
Venture Partners for the purpose of marketing the stations. In February
1995, the Partnership signed letters of intent for the sale of the assets of
each station. (Note 9)
7. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
The Partnership pays various operating and non-operating expenses on behalf
of the Station. These expenses totaled approximately $165,000 and $177,000
for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively. Additionally,
the Station transfers excess cash to the Partnership's headquarters. Excess
cash transferred was $1,909,588 and $2,240,380 for the years ended December
31, 1993 and 1994, respectively. This money is primarily used for principal
and interest payments on the Partnership's debt obligations.
8. PENSION PLAN
Effective January 1, 1993, the defined contribution pension plan was
converted to a 401(k) salaried deferral plan with a Partnership profit
sharing contribution of 3 1/2 percent of the participants' salary per annum.
Annual contributions aggregating approximately $40,585 and $57,314 were made
to the Plan during 1993 and 1994, respectively.
F-40
<PAGE>
WRDW-TV
(AN OPERATING STATION OF TELEVISION STATION PARTNERS, L.P.)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
9. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On February 10, 1995, the Partnership signed a letter of intent for the sale
of the assets of WRDW-TV for approximately $34 million, plus an amount equal
to the excess of the current assets over the current liabilities assumed by
the buyer, as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement, if applicable, to be
paid in cash at the closing of the sale.
F-41
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors
John H. Phipps, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of the Broadcasting and
Paging Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc. (see Note 1) as of December 31, 1994
and 1995 and the related statements of operations and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the management of John H. Phipps, Inc. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Broadcasting and Paging
Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc. at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Atlanta,Georgia
February 19, 1996
F-42
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS
OF
JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1994 1995
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $95,210 $620,015
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $49,000 for each year 4,474,754 5,152,778
Program broadcast rights, current portion 521,921 919,281
Other current assets 329,343 347,785
------------ ------------
Total current assets 5,421,228 7,039,859
Program broadcast rights, excluding current portion 579,561 575,111
Property and equipment, net (NOTE 3) 10,720,196 10,492,583
Goodwill and other intangibles (NOTE 3) 8,576,721 9,454,775
------------ ------------
Total assets $25,297,706 $27,562,328
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
LIABILITIES AND OWNER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $467,300 $365,468
Program broadcast obligations, current portion 722,676 921,579
Deferred paging service income 579,109 833,264
Current portion of long-term debt (NOTE 4) 1,206,483 1,389,931
Other current liabilities 1,025,042 907,345
------------ ------------
Total current liabilities 4,000,610 4,417,587
Long-term debt, less current portion (NOTE 4) 4,858,433 3,419,918
Program broadcast obligations, less current portion 245,421 345,140
Commitment and contingencies (NOTES 9 AND 10)
Minority interests 728,293 585,768
Owner's equity 15,464,949 18,793,915
------------ ------------
Total liabilities and owner's equity $25,297,706 $27,562,328
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-43
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS
OF
JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Broadcast revenues, net (NOTE 3) $17,963,667 $20,209,523 $20,768,121
Paging operations 3,787,946 4,276,640 4,897,522
Production and other revenues 1,496,417 1,314,779 1,655,940
----------- ----------- -----------
23,248,030 25,800,942 27,321,583
----------- ----------- -----------
Expenses:
Operating, technical and programming 5,221,729 5,306,801 5,449,435
Selling, general and administrative 6,919,769 7,056,510 7,693,715
Amortization of program broadcast rights 1,552,438 1,021,395 844,815
Depreciation and amortization 2,835,966 2,672,209 3,120,442
Pension credit (NOTE 5) (431,000) (409,000) (449,000)
Management fees (NOTE 7) 2,462,195 2,485,423 3,280,354
----------- ----------- -----------
18,561,097 18,133,338 19,939,761
----------- ----------- -----------
4,686,933 7,667,604 7,381,822
Interest 631,333 479,852 498,714
Other (income) expense, net (15,765) (666,657) (12,526)
----------- ----------- -----------
Income before minority interests 4,071,365 7,854,409 6,895,634
Minority interests (140,586) (635,302) (547,045)
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income $3,930,779 $7,219,107 $6,348,589
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
Supplemental unaudited pro-forma
information (NOTE 6):
Net income, as above $3,930,779 $7,219,107 $6,348,589
Pro-forma provision for income tax
expense (1,500,300) (2,743,300) (2,412,500)
----------- ----------- -----------
Pro-forma net income $2,430,479 $4,475,807 $3,936,089
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-44
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS
OF
JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $3,930,779 $7,219,107 $6,348,589
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 2,835,966 2,672,209 3,120,442
Gain on disposition of fixed assets (13,408) (665,047) (9,023)
Amortization of program broadcast rights 1,552,438 1,021,395 844,815
Payments of program broadcast rights
obligations (1,072,008) (863,344) (931,004)
Minority interests 140,586 635,302 547,045
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable 40,092 (396,373) (678,024)
Other current assets (12,091) (90,846) (18,442)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (292,863) (206,137) (101,832)
Other current liabilities 219,336 277,681 (117,697)
Deferred paging income 68,136 204,356 254,155
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities 7,396,963 9,808,303 9,259,024
----------- ----------- -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of minority interests -0- (818,000) (1,780,794)
Purchases of property and equipment (3,537,592) (3,353,068) (3,187,596)
Proceeds from disposition of property and
equipment 584,187 1,665,504 1,140,520
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in investing activities (2,953,405) (2,505,564) (3,827,870)
----------- ----------- -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Indebtedness:
Borrowings 6,266,780 5,761,977 3,422,586
Repayments (7,421,873) (6,239,305) (4,677,653)
Distributions to minority interests (495,150) (539,596) (505,532)
Other (134,536) (156,475) (126,128)
Payments to J.H. Phipps, Inc., net (2,901,945) (6,060,036) (3,019,622)
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in financing activities (4,417,652) (7,233,435) (4,906,349)
----------- ----------- -----------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 25,906 69,304 524,805
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
year -0- 25,906 95,210
----------- ----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $25,906 $95,210 $620,015
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-45
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Pursuant to a letter of intent dated December 15, 1995, Gray Communications
Systems, Inc. ("Gray") agreed to purchase substantially all of the assets and
assume certain liabilities and commitments of certain operations owned by J.H.
Phipps, Inc. ("Phipps"). The operations include (i) two CBS affiliates-a VHF
television station (WCTV-TV located in Tallahassee, Florida), and 74.5% interest
in a UHF television station (WKXT-TV located in Knoxville, Tennessee), (the
"Broadcast Operations"); and (ii) a portable communications and paging service
business (the "Paging Operations"), with operations in three southeastern states
(collectively referred to as the "Broadcasting and Paging Operations"). The
purchase is subject to regulatory approval.
At December 31, 1995, a Phipps subsidiary held the 74.5% interest in the
partnership that owns WKXT-TV (the "Knoxville Partnership"). The Knoxville
Partnership's remaining 25.5% interest is owned by four limited partners and
their ownership is shown as "minority interests" in the accompanying financial
statements. Gray, in separate agreements, has also agreed to purchase the
limited partners' interests. Phipps' ownership of the Knoxville Partnership has
increased, from 65.8% during 1993 to the 74.5% ownership interest at December
31, 1995, through purchases of certain minority interests for approximately
$818,000 in 1994 and approximately $1.78 million in 1995. Goodwill recorded
related to these acquisitions of minority interests was approximately $200,000
and $1.78 million in 1994 and 1995, respectively.
Phipps also owns and operates other businesses which are not being purchased
by Gray. The accompanying financial statements are intended to present the
Broadcasting and Paging Operations which are to be acquired by Gray pursuant to
the letter of intent described above and do not include the other operations of
Phipps.
The accompanying financial statements are derived from the historical books
and records of Phipps and do not give effect to any purchase accounting
adjustments which Gray may record as a result of its acquisition. Certain
current liabilities and long-term debt on the accompanying balance sheets will
not be assumed by Gray. Such liabilities will be retained by Phipps or retired
at the closing date of the acquisition by Gray.
2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amount reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Broadcasting revenues are recognized as the related advertising broadcast
services are rendered. Agency commissions are deducted from gross revenue,
reflecting the net amount due for broadcast services. Revenues from paging and
communications services are recognized over the applicable service period.
Revenues from mobile broadcasting contracts are recognized as services are
provided.
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
The Broadcast Operations provide advertising air time to national, regional
and local advertisers within the geographic areas in which the Broadcast
Operations operate. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer's
financial condition, and generally advance payment is not required. The Paging
Operations provide services to individuals and corporate customers in three
southeastern states. Such services are generally billed in advance. Credit
losses for the Broadcasting and Paging Operations are provided for in the
financial statements and consistently have been within management's
expectations.
F-46
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
BARTER ARRANGEMENTS
The Broadcasting and Paging Operations, in the ordinary course of business,
provide services and advertising air time to certain customers in exchange for
products or services. In addition, the Broadcasting Operations provide air time
to certain program syndicators in exchange for program licenses or reductions in
program license fees. Barter transactions are recorded on the basis of the
estimated fair market value of the products or services received. Revenue is
recognized as the related advertising is broadcast and expenses are recognized
when the merchandise or services are received or utilized.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on deposit with banks. Deposits with
banks are generally insured in limited amounts. All liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less when purchased are considered to be
cash equivalents.
PROGRAM BROADCAST RIGHTS
Rights to programs available for broadcast are initially recorded at the
amounts of total license fees payable under the license agreements and are
charged to operating expense on the basis of total programs available for use on
the straight-line method. The portion of the unamortized balance expected to be
charged to operating expense in the succeeding year is classified as a current
asset, with the remainder classified as a noncurrent asset. The liability for
program broadcast rights is classified as current or long-term, in accordance
with the payment terms of the various licenses. The liability is not discounted
for imputation of interest.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful
life of the assets for financial reporting purposes and by accelerated methods
for income tax purposes.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets are stated at cost and are amortized using the
straight-line method. Goodwill is amortized over 15 to 40 years. Intangible
assets other than goodwill, which include broadcasting licenses, network
affiliation agreements, and other intangibles carried at an allocated cost based
on appraisals are amortized over 15 years. Loan acquisition fees are amortized
over the life of the specific agreement.
In the event that facts and circumstances indicate that the goodwill or
other intangibles may be impaired, an evaluation of continuing value would be
performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash
flows associated with this asset would be compared to its carrying amount to
determine if a write down to fair market value or discounted cash flow value is
required.
INTEREST SWAP
The Knoxville Partnership had an interest rate swap agreement to modify the
interest characteristics of a portion of its outstanding debt (see Note 4.
INDEBTEDNESS). The agreement, which expired during 1995, involved the exchange
of amounts based on a fixed interest rate for amounts based on variable interest
rates over the life of the agreement without an exchange of the notional amount
upon which the payments are based. The differential to be paid or received as
interest rates changed was accrued and recognized as an adjustment of interest
expense related to the debt (the accrual accounting method). Interest expense
(income) adjustments resulting from the interest rate swap were $44,385 in 1993,
$(986) in 1994 and $(2,805) in 1995.
F-47
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
Phipps accounted for its stock Appreciation Rights Plan (see Note 7. PHIPPS
CORPORATE ALLOCATIONS) in accordance with APB Opinion No 25, Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees and related interpretations.
INCOME TAXES
Phipps and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return
and separate state tax returns. The operating results of the Knoxville
Partnership are included in the income tax returns of Phipps based on their
percentage ownership. All states where the Broadcast and Paging Operations are
located have taxes based on income. Income tax expense for the Broadcasting and
Paging Operations are not presented in the accompanying financial statements as
such amounts are computed and paid by Phipps. Pro-forma federal and state income
taxes for the Broadcast and Paging Operations are calculated on a pro-forma,
separate return basis (see Note 6. PRO-FORMA INCOME TAXES).
FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Phipps has adopted FASB Statement No. 107, "Disclosure about Fair Value of
Financial Instruments", which requires disclosure of fair value, to the extent
practical, of certain of Phipps' financial instruments. The fair value amounts
do not necessarily represent the amount that could be realized in a sale or
settlement. Phipps' financial instruments are comprised principally of an
interest rate swap and long-term debt.
The estimated fair value of long-term bank debt at December 31, 1995
approximates book value since, in management's opinion, such obligations are
subject to fluctuating market rates of interest and can be settled at their face
amounts. The Company does not anticipate settlement of long-term debt at other
than book value and currently intends to hold such financial instruments through
maturity.
The fair value of other financial instruments classified as current assets
or liabilities approximate their carrying values due to the short-term
maturities of these instruments.
IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In March 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of"
("Statement 121"), which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived
assets used in operations when indicators of impairments are present and the
undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than
the asset's carrying amount. Statement 121 also addresses the accounting for
long-lived assets that are expected to be disposed of. Phipps does not believe
that the adoption of Statement 121 will have a material impact on Phipps'
financial position.
F-48
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
3. SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION
Major classifications of property and equipment and their estimated useful
lives are summarized as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------
ESTIMATED
USEFUL DECEMBER 31,
LIVES ------------------------
CLASSIFICATION (YEARS) 1994 1995
- ------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land $593 $593
Buildings and improvements 40 2,630 3,104
Broadcasting equipment and furniture 5-20 15,440 14,567
Communications and paging equipment 5-7 4,561 4,739
----------- -----------
23,224 23,003
Less accumulated depreciation (12,504) (12,510)
----------- -----------
$10,720 $10,493
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The composition of intangible assets was as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill $3,050 $4,578
Broadcast licenses and network affiliation
agreements 6,162 6,162
Other 812 812
Accumulated amortization (1,447) (2,182)
----------- -----------
$8,577 $9,370
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The composition of other current liabilities is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Customer deposits $63 $85
Accrued bonuses 163 265
Other compensation related accruals 404 439
Other 395 118
----------- -----------
$1,025 $907
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The Broadcast Operations' revenues are presented net of agency commissions
as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Broadcast revenues, gross $20,523 $23,131 $23,767
Agency commissions (2,559) (2,921) (2,999)
----------- ----------- -----------
Broadcast revenues, net $17,964 $20,210 $20,768
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
F-49
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
3. SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Components of "Other (income) expense, net" are as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income $2 $2 $4
Gain on sale of assets 14 665 9
----------- ----------- -----------
$16 $667 $13
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
4. INDEBTEDNESS
A summary of indebtedness is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1994 1995
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Bank Credit Agreement:
Revolving credit loan $302 $498
Term loan 4,500 3,202
Partnership Note Payable 744 725
PortaPhone Acquisition Debt 518 385
----------- -----------
6,064 4,810
Less current portion (1,206) (1,390)
----------- -----------
$4,858 $3,420
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT
The Knoxville Partnership has a bank credit agreement (the "Bank Credit
Agreement") which provides a term loan and a revolving credit facility. The loan
has provisions which, among other things, requires that the loan be redeemed in
the event of a change in control.
Under the terms of the Bank Credit Agreements, the Knoxville Partnership
may, at its option, have a Base Rate Advance or LIBOR (London Interbank Official
Rate) Advance, as specified by the bank in the notice of borrowing. Base Rate
Advances and LIBOR Advances may be outstanding at the same time with Base Rate
Advances bearing interest at the bank's index rate (8.5% at December 31, 1995),
plus .25% or .50% as applicable based on the Partnership's leverage ratio. LIBOR
Advances bear interest at the LIBOR (5.88% at December 31, 1995), plus 1.25% or
1.5% as applicable based on the Knoxville Partnership's leverage ratio. Base
Rate Advances and LIBOR Advances totaled $0 and $3.7 million, respectively, at
December 31, 1995.
The Bank Credit Agreement contains numerous financial covenants and other
affirmative covenants with regard to payment of distributions to partners,
operating and capitalized leases, and acquisition of property. The advances are
guaranteed by Phipps and collateralized by substantially all the Knoxville
Partnership's assets. In connection with the Phipps guarantee, Phipps charged
the Knoxville Partnership guaranty fees, classified as interest expense in the
accompanying financial statements, of approximately $55,000 in 1993, $54,000 in
1994 and $42,000 in 1995.
PARTNERSHIP NOTE PAYABLE
On September 30, 1994, Phipps acquired approximately 4.2% additional
ownership interest in the Knoxville Partnership from a limited partner. The
total amount to be paid to the former limited partner by the remaining partners
is $2 million and is payable over 20 years at $100,000 a year. The payment of
this
F-50
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
4. INDEBTEDNESS (CONTINUED)
amount is guaranteed by the Knoxville Partnership. The first payment of $100,000
was made at the time the assignment was executed. Subsequent payments are due
annually at September 30. The present value of the total purchase price at
September 30, 1994 was $1,098,841 based on an interest factor of 7.46%
compounded annually. Phipps Tennessee has recorded a liability of approximately
$725,000 at December 31, 1995 for its portion of the outstanding balance.
PORTAPHONE ACQUISITION DEBT
In connection with a 1988 asset acquisition, PortaPhone is required to pay
the seller a consulting fee of $15,000 monthly for ten years. The liability for
the monthly payments required under the agreement are recorded at a discounted
present value in the accompanying financial statements.
Future scheduled reductions of principal for indebtedness are as follows (in
000's):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year Ended December 31
1996 $ 1,390
1997 1,155
1998 1,557
1999 81
2000 and thereafter 627
---------
$ 4,810
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Cash payments of net interest expense were approximately $339,000 in 1993,
$449,000 in 1994 and $564,000 in 1995.
5. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN
Phipps has a defined benefit pension plan that covers substantially all its
full-time employees. Benefits are based on years of service and each employee's
compensation during the last ten years of employment (average final pay) up to a
maximum of 50% of average final pay.
Benefits become vested upon completion of five years of service. No vesting
occurs until the employee has completed five years of service. Phipps' funding
policy is to make the maximum contribution allowable by applicable regulations.
Total pension credit for the Broadcasting and Paging Operations was
($431,000), ($409,000) and ($449,000) for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
F-51
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
5. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
The following summarizes information for all Phipps operations including the
plan's funded status as of the plan's September 30 year end and assumptions used
to develop the net periodic pension expenses credit (in 000's).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit
obligation is as follows:
Vested $3,691 $3,451 $4,348
Other 382 284 358
--------- --------- ---------
$4,073 $3,735 $4,706
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
Plan assets at fair value, primarily common
stocks and bonds $9,582 $9,367 $10,206
Projected benefit obligation (4,993) (4,419) (5,568)
--------- --------- ---------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit
obligation 4,589 4,948 4,638
Unrecognized net (gain) loss 804 688 1,288
Unrecognized net asset (3,394) (3,149) (2,904)
--------- --------- ---------
Pension asset $1,999 $2,487 $3,022
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The net pension credit included in the accompanying financial statements is
calculated as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service costs-benefits earned during the year $168 $207 $144
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 280 306 303
Actual return on plan assets (670) (713) (687)
Net amortization and deferral (209) (209) (209)
--------- --------- ---------
Net pension credit $(431) $(409) $(449)
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The assumptions used to develop the plan's funded status and expenses were
as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Assumptions:
Discount rate 7.5% 8.5% 7.5%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets 9.0% 9.0% 9.0%
Estimated rate of increase in compensation levels 4.5% 4.5% 4.5%
</TABLE>
401(K) PLAN
The Company also sponsors two 401(k) plans which provide for discretionary
employer contributions equal to 25% of the first 4% of an employee's
contribution. Contributions by Phipps to the plans are not material.
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN
Phipps maintains an incentive bonus plan in which managers participate in
the performance of the division of Phipps which they manage. Eligible employees
are selected by the Board of Directors, and the bonus formula is established and
reviewed annually by the Board of Directors and key members of management.
Bonuses are calculated in the year following the year earned, at which time
one-half of the
F-52
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
5. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
calculated bonus is paid as compensation. The remaining portion is deferred and
earned by the employee over five years based on a vesting schedule adopted by
the Board. Employees become eligible to receive payment of deferred amounts upon
full vesting. Deferred amounts are recognized as an expense in the year earned.
Expenses under this plan were approximately $128,000 in 1993, $170,000 in 1994
and $233,000 in 1995.
Cumulative amounts vested for the Broadcasting and Paging Operations since
the inception of the plan in 1990, total approximately $300,000 at December 31,
1995 and are included as a current liability in the accompanying financial
statements.
6. PRO-FORMA INCOME TAXES
Pro-forma income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying
the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% as a result of the following (in
000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax rate $ 1,342 $ 2,454 $ 2,159
Increase resulting from:
State income taxes 158 289 253
--------- --------- ---------
$ 1,500 $ 2,743 $ 2,412
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
7. PHIPPS' CORPORATE ALLOCATIONS
Interest expense incurred by Phipps is allocated to the Broadcasting and
Paging Operations based on specific borrowings. Such allocated interest expense
totaled approximately $134,700 in 1993, $44,000 in 1994 and $64,500 in 1995.
Pension expense (credit) is allocated based on an actuarial calculation (see
Note 5. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS)
The corporate operations and employees of Phipps provide certain services to
the Broadcasting and Paging Operations including executive management, cash
management, accounting, tax and other corporate services which are allocated to
the operating units of Phipps. Corporate expenses of Phipps, including corporate
officers salaries and related employee benefits (see Stock Appreciation Rights
and Performance Incentive Agreement below), travel costs, and related support
staff and operations, are allocated to the operating units of Phipps. The
Broadcasting and Paging Operations were charged $2,462,195, $2,485,423, and
$3,280,354 for these services during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. In the
opinion of Phipps management, these charges have been made on a basis which is
reasonable, however, they are not necessarily indicative of the level of
expenses which might have been incurred by the Broadcasting and Paging Operation
on a stand-alone basis.
Phipps maintains a Stock Appreciation Rights Plan and Performance Incentive
Agreement for certain key corporate officers identified by the Board of
Directors. The expenses incurred for these plans are allocated to the
Broadcasting and Paging Operations as part of the management fee allocation for
Phipps' corporate expenses as discussed above. All amounts due under these plans
were paid in December 1995. Compensation expense recorded for these plans in
1993, 1994 and 1995 was approximately $2,828,000, $2,458,000 and $2,861,000,
respectively.
8. SUMMARY ACTIVITY IN OWNER'S EQUITY
Phipps provides centralized cash management for the Broadcasting and Paging
Operations. Substantially all cash receipts are remitted to Phipps and
substantially all disbursements are made by Phipps. There
F-53
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
8. SUMMARY ACTIVITY IN OWNER'S EQUITY (CONTINUED)
are no terms of settlement for interest charges on these intercompany accounts.
The amounts due to/from Phipps are included as a part of owner's equity as the
Broadcasting and Paging operations are not required to settle these amounts on a
current basis.
An analysis of the net transactions in the owner's equity accounts for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31 is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance of the beginning of year $13,276 $14,306 $15,131
Payments to Phipps (5,067) (8,181) (7,696)
Phipps purchase of minority interests -0- -0- 1,781
Phipps allocations 2,166 2,121 2,875
Net earnings 3,931 7,219 6,349
---------- ---------- ----------
Balance at the end of year $14,306 $15,465 $18,794
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
9. LITIGATION
At December 31, 1995, the Broadcast and Paging Operations are involved in
various lawsuits arising in the normal course of their business. However,
management believes that any potential losses that may occur from such lawsuits
would be covered by insurance and the final outcome of these lawsuits will not
have a material effect to the accompanying combined financial statements.
10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Program rights payable for films and syndicated series, which are
noninterest bearing, are due as follows at December 31, 1995 (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1996 $76
1997 263
1998 219
1999
2000
---------
$1,365
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Payments related to commitments for films and syndicated series, rights
which are not yet available for broadcast at December 31, 1995 are due as
follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1996 $259
1997 619
1998 458
1999 440
2000 283
----------
$2,059
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The Paging Operations lease office space, office equipment and paging
network towers. The Broadcasting Operations lease land and broadcast towers. The
operating leases with unaffiliated entities have various
F-54
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
renewal options. Certain of the towers used in the Paging Operations are leased
from Phipps. Written contracts do not exist for such leases but management has
established that the leases are for five years and are renewable at the end of
five years. Rental expense for operating leases was as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
OTHER
PHIPPS LESSORS TOTAL
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended December 31
1993 $58 $384 $442
1994 64 316 380
1995 83 385 468
</TABLE>
The minimum aggregate rentals under noncancelable operating leases are
payable the lessors as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
OTHER
PHIPPS LESSORS TOTAL
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended December 31
1996 $118 $329 $447
1997 122 240 362
1998 125 190 315
1999 129 61 190
2000 and thereafter 133 59 192
---------- ---------- ----------
$627 $879 $1,506
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-55
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
(THE PHIPPS BUSINESS)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
11. INFORMATION ON BUSINESS SEGMENTS (IN 000'S):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Broadcasting Operations $19,460 $21,524 $22,424
Paging Operations 3,788 4,277 4,898
---------- ---------- ----------
Total revenues $23,248 $25,801 $27,322
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
OPERATING PROFIT:
Broadcasting Operations $4,631 $7,287 $7,040
Paging Operations 56 381 342
---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating profit $4,687 $7,668 $7,382
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE:
Broadcasting Operations $2,089 $2,015 $2,302
Paging Operations 747 657 818
---------- ---------- ----------
Total depreciation and amortization
expense $2,836 $2,672 $3,120
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:
Broadcasting Operations $2,429 $1,515 $1,216
Paging Operations 1,109 1,838 1,972
---------- ---------- ----------
Total capital expenditures $3,538 $3,353 $3,188
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS (AT END OF YEAR):
Broadcasting Operations $21,003 $21,059 $23,036
Paging Operations 3,816 4,239 4,526
---------- ---------- ----------
Total identifiable assets $24,819 $25,298 $27,563
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
Operating profit is total operating revenue less expenses and before
miscellaneous income and expense (net), interest expense and minority interests.
F-56
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS OR ANY OTHER PERSON. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALES MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, NOR
DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY
SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION
IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
-----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary..................... 3
Risk Factors........................... 11
The Phipps Acquisition, the KTVE Sale
and the Financing..................... 18
Price Range of Class A Common Stock and
Dividend Policy....................... 21
Capitalization......................... 22
Pro Forma Financial Data............... 23
Selected Historical Financial Data..... 29
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations............................ 31
Business............................... 41
Management............................. 69
Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Managers........ 75
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.......................... 76
Description of Certain Indebtedness.... 78
Description of the Notes............... 79
Description of Capital Stock........... 79
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........ 82
Underwriting........................... 84
Legal Matters.......................... 85
Experts................................ 85
Available Information.................. 85
Index to Financial Statements.......... F-1
</TABLE>
3,500,000 Shares
GRAY
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
CLASS B COMMON STOCK
---------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------
ALLEN & COMPANY
INCORPORATED
J.C. BRADFORD & CO.
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
, 1996
- -------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13 OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses and costs (other than
underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred by the Company
in connection with the issuance and distribution of the Class B Common Stock.
Except for the SEC and NASD filing fees, all expenses have been estimated and
are subject to future contingencies.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC registration fee $26,371
NASD fee 8,148
NYSE listing fee *
Legal fees and expenses *
Printing and engraving expenses *
Accounting fees and expenses *
Blue sky fees and expenses *
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses *
Miscellaneous *
----------
Total $*
----------
----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* to be filed by amendment
ITEM 14 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Business Corporation Code of the State of Georgia grants corporations
incorporated thereunder (such as the Company) the power to indemnify its
officers and directors against liability for certain of their acts.
The Company's Articles of Incorporation eliminate the liability of directors
to stockholders or the Company for monetary damages arising out of the
directors' breach of their fiduciary duty of care. The By-laws of the Company
authorize indemnification of its directors, officers, incorporators, employees
and agents with respect to certain costs, expenses and amounts incurred in
connection with an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such
person was serving as a director, officer, incorporator, employee or agent of
the Company.
The Underwriting Agreement provides for reciprocal indemnification between
the Company and its controlling persons, on the one hand, and the Underwriters
and their controlling persons, on the other hand, against certain liabilities in
connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
ITEM 15 RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
On January 3, 1996, Bull Run purchased for $10 million from the Company (i)
an 8% subordinated note in the principal amount of $10 million due in January
2005 (ii) warrants to purchase 487,500 shares of Class A Common Stock at $17.88
per share. On September 2, 1994, the Company sold to one institutional investor
its note in the principal amount of $25 million due 2003. The Company believes
that the foregoing transactions were exempt from the registration provisions of
the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) of such Act.
II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 16 EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1* Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Gray Communications Systems, Inc., as amended
(incorporated by references to Exhibit 3 to the Company's Form 10 dated October 7,
1991, as amended on January 29, 1992 and March 2, 1992, and Exhibit 3(i) to the
Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993).
3.2 By-Laws of Gray Communications Systems, Inc., as amended (incorporated by
references to Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's Form 10 dated October 7, 1991, as
amended on January 29, 1992 and March 2, 1992, Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's 10-K
for the period ended June 30, 1993 and Exhibit 3(d) of the Company's 10-K for the
transition period from July 1, 1993 to December 31, 1993).
5* Opinion of Heyman & Sizemore re: validity of securities
10.1 Supplemental pension plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the
Company's Form 10 filed October 7, 1991, as amended January 29, 1992 and March 2,
1992).
10.2 Employment Agreement, between the Company and John T. Williams (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 19 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1992).
10.3 Amendment to employment agreement, between the Company and John T. Williams
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19(b) to the Company's Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1992).
10.4 Restricted stock agreement between the Company and John T. Williams (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 19(c) to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 1992).
10.5 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to the
Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993).
10.6 Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and The Citizen Publishing Company,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company's Form 8-K, dated May
31, 1994).
10.7 Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and Kentucky Central Television, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company's Form 8-K, dated
September 2, 1994).
10.8 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 6, 1995, between the Company and Still
Publishing, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the 1994 Form
10-K).
10.9 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 23, 1995, between the Company, Television
Station Partners, L.P. and WRDW Associates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(i) to the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.10 Capital Accumulation Plan, effective October 1, 1994 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(i) to the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.11 Employment Agreement, dated September 3, 1994, between the Company and Ralph W.
Gabbard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.12 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 15, 1996, by and between the Company and
Media Acquisition Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to
the 1995 Form 10-K).
10.13 Warrant, dated January 4, 1996, to purchase 487,500 shares of Common Stock.
10.14 Form of amendment to employment agreement between the Company and Ralph W. Gabbard,
dated January 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10(m) 1995 Form
10-K).
*10.15 Indenture for the Notes
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
10.16 Credit Agreement and first modification of Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22,
1994, between the Company and Bank South, N.A., and Deposit Guaranty National Bank
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated
September 2, 1994).
10.17 Note Purchase Agreement and first modification of Note Purchase Agreement between
the Company and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(ii) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated
September 2, 1994).
10.18 Second modification of Credit Agreement, dated November 30, 1994, between the
Company and Bank South, N.A. and Deposit Guaranty National Bank (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(c) to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1994 (the "1994 Form 10-K")).
10.19 Second modification of Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 1994, between
the Company and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(d) to the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.20 Third modification of Credit Agreement, dated January 6, 1995, between the Company
and Bank South, N.A. and Deposit Guaranty National Bank (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(e) to the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.21 Fourth modification of Credit Agreement, dated January 27, 1995, between the
Company and Bank South, N.A. and Deposit Guaranty National Bank (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(f) to the 1994 Form 10-K).
10.22 Third Modification of Note Purchase Agreement, dated June 15, 1995, between the
Company and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995).
10.23 Form of Master Agreement, dated as of June 13, 1995, between the Company and
Society National Bank.
10.24 Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated June 15, 1995, by and among the
Company, Bank South, N.A., Deposit Guaranty National Bank and Teachers Insurance
and Annuity Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the
Company's form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995).
10.25 Fourth Modification of Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 1996,
between the Company and Teachers Insurance Annuity Association (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(h) to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1995 (the "1995 10-K")).
10.26 First Consolidated Modification of Credit Agreement, dated as of January 3, 1996,
among the Company, Bank South, Deposit Guaranty National Bank and Society National
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated
January 18, 1996).
10.27 Note Purchase between the Company and Bull Run, dated as of January 3, 1996
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(ii) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated
January 18, 1996).
10.28 Employment Agreement, Dated February 12, 1996 between the Company and Robert A.
Beizer
12 Statement re computation of ratios
21 List of Subsidiaries
23.1** Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for the financial statements for Gray Communications
Systems, Inc.
23.2* Consent of Heyman & Sizemore (contained in opinion filed as Exhibit 5)
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
23.3** Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for certain financial statements of WRDW-TV.
23.4** Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for the financial statements of the Broadcasting and
Paging Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc.
23.5** Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP for certain financial statements of WRDW-TV.
24.1 Power of Attorney (set forth on page II-5)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* To be filed by amendment
** Filed herewith
(b) The financial statement schedules filed as a part of this Registration
Statement are as follows:
Gray Communications Systems, Inc.:
Report of Independent Auditors
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules are omitted as the required information is
inapplicable or is presented in the financial statements or related
notes.
Broadcasting and Paging Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc.:
Report of Independent Auditors
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules are omitted as the required information is
inapplicable or its presented in the financial statements or
related notes.
ITEM 17 UNDERTAKINGS
Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of a
registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 15, or otherwise, each
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, each registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
registrant certifies that it has duly caused this Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of New York, State of New York, on the 10th day of May, 1996.
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ RALPH W. GABBARD
-----------------------------------
Ralph W. Gabbard
PRESIDENT
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- ----------------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ RALPH W. GABBARD
------------------------------------------- President and Director (principal May 10, 1996
Ralph W. Gabbard executive officer)
/s/ WILLIAM A. FIELDER III Vice President and Chief
------------------------------------------- Financial Officer (principal May 10, 1996
William A. Fielder III financial officer)
/s/ Sabra H. Cowart Controller and Chief Accounting
------------------------------------------- Officer (principal accounting May 10, 1996
Sabra H. Cowart officer)
*
------------------------------------------- Director May 10, 1996
Richard L. Boger
*
------------------------------------------- Director May 10, 1996
Hilton H. Howell, Jr.
*
------------------------------------------- Director May 10, 1996
William E. Mayher III
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- ----------------------
<C> <S> <C>
*
------------------------------------------- Director May 10, 1996
Howell W. Newton
*
------------------------------------------- Director May 10, 1996
Robert S. Prather, Jr.
*
------------------------------------------- Director May 10, 1996
J. Mack Robinson
/s/ WILLIAM A. FIELDER
-------------------------------------------
William A. Fielder
*Attorney-in-fact May 10, 1996
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Gray Communications
Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1995, and have issued our report thereon dated
February 14, 1996 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of
Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement. This schedule is the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion based on our audits.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Columbus, Georgia
February 14, 1996
II-7
<PAGE>
GRAY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D COL. E
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONS
-------------------------
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED TO
BEGINNING OF COSTS AND OTHER BALANCE AT
DESCRIPTION PERIOD EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS(1) END OF PERIOD
- ----------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1993
Allowance for doubtful accounts $453,000 $187,000 $(83,000) $205,000 $352,000
------------- ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
Year Ended December 31, 1994
Allowance for doubtful accounts $352,000 $211,000 $360,000(2) $229,000 $694,000
------------- ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
Year Ended December 31, 1995
Allowance for doubtful accounts $694,000 $384,000 $33,000(2) $661,000 $450,000
------------- ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Deductions are write-offs of amounts not considered collectible.
(2) Represents amounts recorded in certain allocations of purchase prices for
the Company's acquisitions.
II-8
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We have audited the financial statements of the Broadcasting and Paging
Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, and have issued
our reports thereon dated February 19, 1996 (included elsewhere in this
Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement
schedule listed in Item 16(b) of Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement.
This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
February 19, 1996
II-9
<PAGE>
BROADCASTING AND PAGING OPERATIONS OF JOHN H. PHIPPS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D COL. E
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONS
----------------------------
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED TO
BEGINNING OF COSTS AND OTHER BALANCE AT
DESCRIPTION PERIOD EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS(1) END OF PERIOD
- ----------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1993
Allowance for doubtful accounts $45,000 $99,000 -- $95,000 $49,000
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Year Ended December 31, 1994
Allowance for doubtful accounts $49,000 $53,000 -- $53,000 $49,000
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Year Ended December 31, 1995
Allowance for doubtful accounts $49,000 $38,000 -- $38,000 $49,000
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Deductions are write-offs of amounts not considered collectible.
II-10
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ----------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
1* Form of Underwriting Agreement................................................................
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Gray Communications Systems, Inc., as amended (incorporated by
references to Exhibit 3 to the Company's Form 10 dated October 7, 1991, as amended on January
29, 1992 and March 2, 1992, and Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1993).........................................................................
3.2 By-Laws of Gray Communications Systems, Inc., as amended (incorporated by references to
Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's Form 10 dated October 7, 1991, as amended on January 29, 1992
and March 2, 1992, Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's 10-K for the period ended June 30, 1993 and
Exhibit 3(d) of the Company's 10-K for the transition period from July 1, 1993 to December
31, 1993)....................................................................................
5* Opinion of Heyman & Sizemore re: validity of securities.......................................
10.1 Supplemental pension plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Form 10
filed October 7, 1991, as amended January 29, 1992 and March 2, 1992)........................
10.2 Employment Agreement, between the Company and John T. Williams (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 19 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992)..................
10.3 Amendment to employment agreement, between the Company and John T. Williams (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 19(b) to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1992)........................................................................................
10.4 Restricted stock agreement between the Company and John T. Williams (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 19(c) to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992)............
10.5 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to the Company's Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993)................................................
10.6 Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and The Citizen Publishing Company, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company's Form 8-K, dated May 31, 1994)......
10.7 Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and Kentucky Central Television, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company's Form 8-K, dated September 2,
1994)........................................................................................
10.8 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 6, 1995, between the Company and Still Publishing,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the 1994 Form 10-K)......................
10.9 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 23, 1995, between the Company, Television Station
Partners, L.P. and WRDW Associates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the 1994
Form 10-K)...................................................................................
10.10 Capital Accumulation Plan, effective October 1, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(i) to the 1994 Form 10-K).................................................................
10.11 Employment Agreement, dated September 3, 1994, between the Company and Ralph W. Gabbard
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the 1994 Form 10-K)...........................
10.12 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 15, 1996, by and between the Company and Media
Acquisition Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to the 1995 Form
10-K)........................................................................................
10.13 Warrant, dated January 4, 1996, to purchase 487,500 shares of Common Stock....................
10.14 Form of amendment to employment agreement between the Company and Ralph W. Gabbard, dated
January 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10(m) 1995 Form 10-K)..............
*10.15 Indenture for the Notes.......................................................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ----------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
10.16 Credit Agreement and first modification of Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 1994,
between the Company and Bank South, N.A., and Deposit Guaranty National Bank (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(i) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated September 2, 1994)................
10.17 Note Purchase Agreement and first modification of Note Purchase Agreement between the Company
and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(ii) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated September 2, 1994)............................
10.18 Second modification of Credit Agreement, dated November 30, 1994, between the Company and Bank
South, N.A. and Deposit Guaranty National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to
the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 (the "1994 Form 10-K")).........
10.19 Second modification of Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 1994, between the Company
and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) to
the 1994 Form 10-K)..........................................................................
10.20 Third modification of Credit Agreement, dated January 6, 1995, between the Company and Bank
South, N.A. and Deposit Guaranty National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(e) to
the 1994 Form 10-K)..........................................................................
10.21 Fourth modification of Credit Agreement, dated January 27, 1995, between the Company and Bank
South, N.A. and Deposit Guaranty National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(f) to
the 1994 Form 10-K)..........................................................................
10.22 Third Modification of Note Purchase Agreement, dated June 15, 1995, between the Company and
Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the
Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995).....................................
10.23 Form of Master Agreement, dated as of June 13, 1995, between the Company and Society National
Bank.........................................................................................
10.24 Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated June 15, 1995, by and among the Company, Bank
South, N.A., Deposit Guaranty National Bank and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 1995)...............................................................................
10.25 Fourth Modification of Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 1996, between the
Company and Teachers Insurance Annuity Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)
to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (the "1995 10-K"))...........
10.26 First Consolidated Modification of Credit Agreement, dated as of January 3, 1996, among the
Company, Bank South, Deposit Guaranty National Bank and Society National Bank (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4(i) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated January 18, 1996)..............
10.27 Note Purchase between the Company and Bull Run, dated as of January 3, 1996 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(ii) to the Company's Form 8-K, dated January 18, 1996)................
10.28 Employment Agreement, Dated February 12, 1996 between the Company and Robert A. Beizer........
12 Statement re computation of ratios............................................................
21 List of Subsidiaries..........................................................................
23.1** Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for the financial statements for Gray Communications Systems,
Inc..........................................................................................
23.2* Consent of Heyman & Sizemore (contained in opinion filed as Exhibit 5)........................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ----------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
23.3** Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for certain financial statements of WRDW-TV......................
23.4** Consent of Ernst & Young LLP for the financial statements of the Broadcasting and Paging
Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc............................................................
23.5** Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP for certain financial statements of WRDW-TV..................
24.1 Power of Attorney (set forth on page II-5)....................................................
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* To be filed by amendment
** Filed herewith
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our reports dated February 14, 1996, in Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Gray Communications
Systems, Inc. dated May 13, 1996.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Columbus, Georgia
May 13, 1996
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.3
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated January 26, 1996 with respect to the financial
statements of WRDW-TV included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
(Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Gray Communications Systems, Inc. dated May
13, 1996.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
May 13, 1996
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.4
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our reports dated February 19, 1996 with respect to the financial
statements of the Broadcasting and Paging Operations of John H. Phipps, Inc.
included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related
Prospectus of Gray Communications Systems, Inc. dated May 13, 1996.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
May 13, 1996
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.5
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No.
333-4340 of Gray Communications Systems, Inc. of our report dated May 12, 1995
on the balance sheet of WRDW-TV (an operating station of Television Station
Partners, L.P.), as of December 31, 1994 and the related statements of income,
partnership's equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and
1994, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration
Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Prospectus.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York, New York
May 13, 1996
